Powered byNHTSA|EPA|Community Reports|Updated

2023 Mercedes-Benz C300 TSBs

359 Technical Service Bulletins across 15 categories

Electrical

99 bulletins
11038222

A software update will be performed that provides enhancements to the robustness and system stability of the communication module.

Read full bulletin

The update is free of charge and runs in the background, which takes about 8 minutes to install. During this time, the vehicle can be driven without any restrictions, and the new software will be active with the next ignition cycle. Remedy MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11036511

Complaint Tailgate opens unintentionally.

Read full bulletin

Cause Accidental or unnoticed activation of the button to open the tailgate on the vehicle key. EXAMPLE: when stored in trouser pocket, handbag etc. Remedy As of the 6th generation, the vehicle key can be recoded so that the tailgate no longer opens as a result of a long press on the button, but by doubleclicking on the button instead. This reduces the likelihood of the button being activated accidentally or unintentionally. The recoding can be carried out as follows: 1. Add SA Code O19 into VeDoc (O for Oscar, not "zero") an XSS ticket may be necessary to add the SA code 2. Perform SCN coding of EIS N73 control unit 3. Deactivate the vehicle key (a successful deactivation is indicated by the LED lighting up 2x briefly and then 1x for a long period). 4. Place the vehicle key in the storage compartment on the key symbol and turn on the ignition. IMPORTANT: all other vehicle keys must be outside the recognition range of the vehicle when doing this! Perform steps 3 and 4 successively for all vehicle keys. Notes: 6th, 7th and 8th generation keys can be deactivated as follows: Up to modification year 22/1 by double clicking the "Lock button" As of modification year 22/1, by press and holding the Lock button", then doubleclick the Unlock button" at the same time. On model series 167, the storage compartment with the key symbol is located in the armrest. The SCN coding from the EZS is only transferred correctly to the vehicle key under the following conditions: Only one vehicle key is located in the vehicle, this key has been deactivated and it is positioned on the marking in the storage compartment for the data transfer. The costs for this adaptation are to be borne by the customer. For the newer BR 174, 178, 244, 248, 520, and 540, a software update must be initiated, as there is no way to perform SCN coding.

11036237

Complaint The following most common complaints may be observed: Brief connectivity interruptions when using Apple...

Read full bulletin

CarPlay over Wi-Fi Audio cuts out Device not recognized No operation possible Cause There are multiple possible causes for an iPhone disconnecting from a vehicles head unit while using Apple CarPlay. These include hardware, software, and environmental factors: Environmental Interference External Sources: Passing under toll bridges, driving near airports, or areas with heavy electronic interference (e.g., as described in LI82.85-P-076157) can cause connection drops. Cellular Networks: Interference from nearby cell towers operating on similar frequencies (usually 2.4GHz or 5GHz) can disrupt the signal. Storage Location: Keeping your phone in a handbag or surrounded by other objects inside the vehicle can create physical or electronic interference. Device and Software Issues Head Unit Software/Hardware: Outdated firmware, bugs, or hardware faults in the vehicles head unit can prevent a stable connection. iPhone Software/Hardware: Similar issues in the iPhone, including buggy iOS updates or hardware problems, may affect performance. Reset or Reboot: Automatic rebooting or resetting of either the head unit or the iPhone will temporarily disrupt CarPlay. Connection and Settings Wired Connections: Faulty Cable: A damaged or poor-quality USB cable can cause intermittent or total loss of connection. USB Port Issues: Dust, debris, or physical damage in the USB port of either the head unit or the iPhone can also lead to disconnects. Wireless Connections: Intermittent Bluetooth/Wi-Fi: Unstable wireless communication (Bluetooth/Wi-Fi) can frequently break the Car- Play connection. Power Management: Battery Saver Mode: Enabling low power mode may restrict background processes, affecting CarPlay. Vehicles Electrical System: Unstable power delivery from the cars battery or electrical interruptions can cause the head unit to malfunction. Phone & App Configuration Phone Settings: Incorrect or conflicting settings (especially Bluetooth or Wi-Fi) on your iPhone can interfere with the CarPlay link. Third-Party Apps/Profiles: Installed apps or configuration profiles may conflict with CarPlays operation. Native apps are apple maps, apple music, audio books, apple news, podcasts, messages and phone. All other apps are considered third party apps. App Conflicts: Running conflicting apps that require similar system resources as CarPlay can cause instability. Mobile Data Plan: Streaming from online sources without sufficient mobile data can result in lost connectivity. Other Factors Heat & Overheating: If either the phone or the head unit overheats, they may disable certain functions to prevent damage, leading to disconnection. User Actions: Accidentally disconnecting the device in settings, or physically moving or bumping the phone or cable, may disrupt the connection. Remedy FUP6 (E605.8) software has been released for the following chassis: 118, 177, 243,247,206,254,167,294,295,296,223, 297. Flash available software for the head unit and test for function. The LI will be updated once available for the remaining chassis. If the complaint remains after the SW update please continue with the steps below. Guided Diagnostic Path for Apple CarPlay Connection Issues: Please follow the steps below to systematically diagnose and resolve CarPlay concerns:Update Devices: Ensure the iPhone is updated to the latest available iOS version. Ensure the vehicles head unit is updated to the latest software version available. Isolate the Issue: Check whether the symptom persists with another iPhone running the latest iOS version. Test both wireless and wired CarPlay connections: Does the issue only occur with wireless CarPlay? Does the wired connection to the phone function correctly? Further Troubleshooting Steps: Reboot the iPhone. See attachment for further instructions.

11036142

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics. Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11036091

Complaint DAB, FM, or SDARS radio reception is limited, only a few stations are found.

Read full bulletin

Cause The firmware installation was incomplete. Remedy In the A26/17 control unit "MBUX multimedia system" (head unit), use XENTRY to carry out the special process "All Modules"; this will reinstall the firmware completely.

11035298

Complaint Audible "slurping" operating noise from the fuel tank Cause Conditions: The fuel tank is around half full ...

Read full bulletin

The secondary chamber is almost empty. The suction jet pump suctions up small quantities of fuel and air. This results in vibrations and turbulence, which make noises. These noises may sound like slurping. The fuel pump and the drained secondary chamber amplify certain noises which can be loud or shrill. The viscosity of the fuel and the intensity of the fuel pump also impact the noises. The fuel level is in the area of the saddle overflow in the primary chamber. The fuel mixed with air flows back into the secondary chamber. The noises may therefore be audible for longer If the primary chamber is no longer in the area of the saddle overflow, the noises should disappear because the secondary chamber no longer receives fuel. The area of the saddle overflow in the primary chamber is around +/- 2 liters of fuel volume (fuel gauge shows around half full). Remedy Refill/drain approx. 5 liters of fuel; if the noise is reduced/is no longer present due to this, the circumstance specified above is present Further measures may cause a reduction in noises in the specified area: In isolated cases, a fuel tank installed under stress may amplify the noises. The installation position of the fuel tank and the contact surfaces on the body-in-white should be checked here. To do so, release the fuel tank and refasten it, see WIS. Replacement of component parts such as fuel tank/delivery module does not provide a remedy! If a similar noise is heard, but the tank volume is 3/4 or 1/4 and not 1/2 as described above, another circumstance is present

11035230

Complaint After an "Over the Air" update (OTA), FM or SDARS radio reception is limited; only a few stations are found.

Read full bulletin

Cause The firmware installation was incomplete. Remedy In the A26/17 control unit "MBUX multimedia system" (head unit), use XENTRY to carry out the special process "All Modules"; this will reinstall the firmware completely.

11033935

Complaint The remaining time shown on the instrument cluster in the workshop menu (days to next due service) is...

Read full bulletin

implausible (>365 days) for the following conditions: for the date of the vehicle handover or the last conducted and confirmed Service A/B Cause Case 1: Observe the following on vehicles with a disconnected on-board electrical system battery (12V/48V): The period in which the on-board electrical system battery is disconnected cannot be counted by the maintenance computer. As soon as the on-board electrical system battery is connected again, the maintenance computer automatically starts counting without making a correction to the remaining time (days until the next service). Case 2: If a disconnected on-board electrical system battery (12V/48V) can be ruled out as the cause, it is possible that: The daily turnover counter inside the electronic ignition lock (EIS) has experienced memory loss. This anomaly was detected in the EIS software from modification year 2022 onward. To do this, please check the plausibility of the daily turnover counter as follows: If "TUSZ Assyst Plus" < the actual days since "Handover Date/DAY/Month/Year," then proceed to remedy for case 2. Information: A variation of 2-3 days is still considered plausible. If "TUSZ Assyst Plus" is plausible, or if a remaining time of 365 days is permanently displayed, check whether the vehicle has been handed over. These types of cases have different causes. (The respective values are included in the maintenance data in the control unit log of the instrument cluster). Remedy For case 1: When the on-board electrical system battery is disconnected, this period must always be taken into account for these vehicles, and the following condition must be met for a correct calculation to be made: (A): The number of days from the "date of vehicle handover or last service A/B" to the "date on which the vehicle arrived at the workshop." (B): Remaining time (days until the next service, as shown in the instrument cluster). (C): Days on which the on-board electrical system battery was disconnected. The formula requires the following condition to be complied with. 365 - (A) [days] = (B) - (C) [days] For case 2: If the on-board electrical system battery (12 V/48 V) was not disconnected and the remaining time shown in the customer or workshop menu on the instrument cluster (days until the next service) is implausible in terms of the date of the vehicle handover or the last performed and confirmed service A/B, or the condition in the formula was not met, the service can still be performed and confirmed. For vehicles arriving more than 90 days after the service due date, the DSB service history can only be corrected by re-entering "Vehicle regularly serviced." A software fix for the EIS (electronic ignition lock) is currently in planning. The objective is to have a remedy available for 2026. Until the remedy is available, it is advisable to inform the customer that the next service is due again after 365 days at the latest.

11033019

Complaint Noises from the area of the steering column.

Read full bulletin

- Creaking - Squeaking - Chattering - Humming - Grinding Cause At present, there are no known noise problems with the steering column. Remedy Check surrounding area of the steering column for possible noises. Instrument panel support Steering column switch module NOTE: Occasionally to verify complaint, the steering column/vehicle needs to be in direct sunlight or hot conditions for a few hours. If noise only occurs when adjusting the steering column via electric actuation, please perform: 1. Disassemble bellows of steering column tube module. 2. Move steering column entirely out and entirely down. 3. Grease steering column on all pivot points including, but not limited to, green-marked positions with a suitable brush (find pictures in attachment). 4. Move column up 1/4 of the way and grease again. 5. Continue until upper limit stop is reached. 6. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 7. If noise does not resolve, wipe excess grease off and perform greasing and movement to limit stops in all directions again. For all other noises or if the above does not resolve, create a TIPS case Body, Chassis, and Entertainment inbox. Attach a detailed description of the noise complaint, images, and a recording of the noise. Include detailed items of the following: Position of height and longitudinal adjustment when the noise occurs If possible, locate affected component part on steering column State any change in the noise when steering column component parts are touched (e.g. spring, etc.)

11032890

Complaint 48V battery (A66) part numbers A 000 982 78 24, A 000 982 57 30, A 000 982 88 31, A 000 982 50 32, A 000 982...

Read full bulletin

87 32) may trigger a fault message ("48 V Service Required" with fault codes P0ADA91, P0ADE91, P0AA100, P0ADD00 or P0AA000) in the instrument cluster. This fault message may prevent the 48 V battery contactors from opening automatically if the 12 V power supply is interrupted. In this case, the 48 V on-board electrical system, including connected components, remain energized. Cause The contactors of the 48 V battery do not open, resulting in residual voltage (> 3V) even when the 12 V battery is disconnected. Remedy When working on the 48 V on-board electrical system or connected components, ensure the component being repaired is de-energized in the 48 V system after disconnecting the 12 V ground line. Use a DVOM and ensure that there is less than 3V across the 48V terminals. If the voltage is less than 3V, the repair can be continued in accordance with the WIS documentation. If the voltage is greater than 3V, disconnect the ground line from the 48 V on-board electrical system battery and secure from contacting any ground points of the vehicle before continuing the repair. Once the work has been completed, follow the procedure for clearing the 48 V battery fault message as specified.

11032704

Complaint One or more seat functions are restricted or inoperative.

Read full bulletin

This may include: Seat memory Automatic seat adjustment Easy Entry/Exit Head restraint presetting Collision avoidance with bench seat at rear Actuation by other vehicle systems Seat normalization is missing, and fault code B228678 The control unit calibration has been lost or was not performed. Adaptation or adjustment is not correct. is stored in the seat control unit. Additional fault codes may also be present. Cause The condition is currently under investigation. Remedy Process any additional faults first. If a clear cause is found (for example, a failed component, wiring issue, or connector concern), repair that issue as required. If no root cause can be determined: Do NOT perform Initial Start-up, Software Update, or Normalization of the Control Unit Create a control unit log for the affected seat control unit. Open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inboxand attach the control unit log for further analysis.

11032699

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11032576

Cause At present, there are no known noise problems with the steering column.

Read full bulletin

Remedy Check surrounding area of the steering column for possible noises. Instrument panel support Steering column switch module If noise only occurs when adjusting the steering column via electric actuation please perform: 1. Disassemble bellows of steering column tube module. 2. Move steering column entirely out and entirely down. 3. Grease steering column on green-marked positions with a suitable brush (find pictures in attachment). 4. Move column up 1/4 of the way and grease again. 5. Continue until upper limit stop is reached. 6. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 7. If noise does not resolve, perform above procedure again and anywhere there are movement or friction points that the noise seems to be emanating from. 8. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 9. If noise still does not resolve, please open a TIPS case. For all other noises or if the above does not resolve, create a TIPS case Body, Chassis, and Entertainment inbox. Attach a detailed description of the noise complaint, images, and a recording of the noise. A detailed description includes: Position of height and longitudinal adjustment when the noise occurs If possible, locate affected component part on steering column State any change in the noise when steering column component parts are touched (e.g. spring, etc.)

11031256

Complaint Tailgate opens unintentionally.

Read full bulletin

Cause Accidental or unnoticed activation of the button to open the tailgate on the vehicle key. EXAMPLE: when stored in trouser pocket, handbag etc. Remedy As of the 6th generation, the vehicle key can be recoded so that the tailgate no longer opens as a result of a long press on the button, but by double-clicking on the button instead. This reduces the likelihood of the button being activated accidentally or unintentionally. The recoding can be carried out as follows: 1. Add SA Code O19 into VeDoc (O for Oscar, not "zero") an XSS ticket may be necessary to add the SA code 2. Perform SCN coding of EIS N73 control unit 3. Deactivate the vehicle key (a successful deactivation is indicated by the LED lighting up 2x briefly and then 1x for a long period). 4. Place the vehicle key in the storage compartment on the key symbol and turn on the ignition. IMPORTANT: all other vehicle keys must be outside the recognition range of the vehicle when doing this! Perform steps 3 and 4 successively for all vehicle keys. Notes: 6th, 7th and 8th generation keys can be deactivated as follows: Up to modification year 22/1 by double clicking the "Lock button" As of modification year 22/1, by press and holding the Lock button", then doubleclick the Unlock button" at the same time. On model series 167, the storage compartment with the key symbol is located in the armrest. The SCN coding from the EZS is only transferred correctly to the vehicle key under the following conditions: Only one vehicle key is located in the vehicle, this key has been deactivated and it is positioned on the marking in the storage compartment for the data transfer. The costs for this adaptation are to be borne by the customer.

11031201

Complaint SRS indicator light illuminated in the instrument cluster.

Read full bulletin

Electrical fault in the rear airbag/window airbag that may cause a connection between the airbag pins or to the vehicle mass Cause Contact problems that create a short circuit between the pins or to the vehicle ground Remedy Connect and disconnect the affected airbag five times Then the squib must be carefully blown out with dry compressed air. Caution: There must be no mechanical contact! If fault is not rectified: Please measure the internal resistance as described in SI91.00-P-0005A. If the resistor of the airbag is OK, please replace the airbag plug. If the resistance of the airbag is not OK, please replace the airbag. Important: The electrical fault does not affect the functionality of the airbag in the event of an accident. The airbag is functioning as intended.

11030159

Complaint Mercedes me connect services inoperative (me-Call, Remote Status, etc.).

Read full bulletin

Mercedes me services - activation not possible Notes: - The event code "B16AC00 - The configuration of the SIM card is erroneous" is active and stored - The head unit shows no internet connection Cause The RAMSES module may be faulty. This fault profile can be recognized as follows: With XENTRY Diagnosis, enter the "ACTUAL values" menu of the RAMSES control unit and read out the values with position 175 and 727. ACTUAL values in the event of a fault: Type of mobile service (position 175): No reception Operating mode (position 727): Ready mode Remedy If B16AC00 is permanently active and saved and position 175 is no reception and position 727 is ready mode, it is highly likely that the communication module is faulty. In this case, an initial start up must be carried out. If the problem persists even after an initial start up, please create a TIPS case.

11030088

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11029961

Complaint The seat may no longer be adjustable using the electric seat adjustment switch on the door module.

Read full bulletin

No related error is stored in the quick test. Cause Under certain conditions, the electric seat adjustment switch may remain in sleep mode. It is then not possible to adjust the seat using this switch. This is a software error. Remedy To restore functionality, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the door trim from the affected door. 2. Unplug and reconnect the plug of the electric seat adjustment switch (No. 2 in the picture in work instruction AR91.29-P-2522WT) to perform a reset of the switch. Note: The switch does not need to be removed for this. 3. To prevent this problem from recurring, the current software version A2239029930 should be installed on the switch module Seat Adjustment Switch Group . Example: S22 - Select S22 Seat Adjustment Switch Group, front left (SSE-VL) Adaptations Control unit update Update control unit software. If the vehicle already has SW version A2239029930, there is another cause. Please open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox if the issue persists with the new software installed.

11029919

Complaint Noises from the area of the steering column.

Read full bulletin

- Creaking - Squeaking - Chattering - Humming - Grinding Cause At present, there are no known noise problems with the steering column. Remedy Check surrounding area of the steering column for possible noises. Instrument panel support Steering column switch module If noise only occurs when adjusting the steering column via electric actuation please perform: 1. Disassemble bellows of steering column tube module. 2. Move steering column entirely out and entirely down. 3. Grease steering column on green-marked positions with a suitable brush (find pictures in attachment). 4. Move column up 1/4 of the way and grease again. 5. Continue until upper limit stop is reached. 6. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 7. If noise does not resolve, perform above procedure again. 8. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 9. If noise still does not resolve, please open a TIPS case. For all other noises or if the above does not resolve, create a TIPS case Body, Chassis, and Entertainment inbox. Attach a detailed description of the noise complaint, images, and a recording of the noise. A detailed description includes: Position of height and longitudinal adjustment when the noise occurs If possible, locate affected component part on steering column State any change in the noise when steering column component parts are touched (e.g. spring, etc.)

11029093

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11029091

Complaint Stored DTC C220564 - "There is an internal fault in the steering angle sensor.

Read full bulletin

There is an implausible signal." In the quick test, there are also no other DTC's in other control units that point to or reference N80 Steering Column Control Module ("SCCM"). There is no effect on any other components or vehicle functions and it does not cause an instrument cluster light. Cause The DTC only ever occurs during initialization (initialization occurs after bus sleep). The SCCM then resets itself. Remedy 1. If the error is stored and no other control unit points to the N80 SCCM ignore and erase. Software expected in Q4 2026. 2.If the DTC is in the N80 SCCM AND the following DTC's are in N30/3 (Electronic Stability Program) and N68 (Electric Power Steering): N30/3 ESP: U071286, Steering column tube module control unit has a malfunction. There is an incorrect signal. N68 EPS: U042986, Implausible data were received from the steering column module. There is an incorrect signal. Please open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox.

11029083

Complaint Tailgate opens unintentionally.

Read full bulletin

Cause Accidental or unnoticed activation of the button to open the tailgate on the vehicle key. E.g. when stored in trouser pocket, handbag etc. Remedy As of the 6th generation, the vehicle key can be recoded so that the tailgate no longer opens as a result of a long press on the button, but by double-clicking on the button instead. This reduces the likelihood of the button being activated accidentally or unintentionally. The recoding can be carried out as follows: 1. Add SA Code O19 into VeDoc (O for Oscar, not "zero") an XSS ticket may be necessary to add the SA code 2. Perform SCN coding of EIS N73 control unit 3. Deactivate the vehicle key (a successful deactivation is indicated by the LED lighting up 2x briefly and then 1x for a long period). 4. Place the vehicle key in the storage compartment on the key symbol and turn on the ignition. All other vehicle keys must be outside of the vehicle when doing this! Perform steps 3 and 4 successively for all vehicle keys. Notes: 6th, 7th and 8th generation keys can be deactivated as follows: Up to modification year 22/1 double-click on the locking button As of modification year 22/1, by pressing and holding the locking button + double-clicking on the release tab On model series 167, the storage compartment with the key symbol is located in the armrest. The SCN coding from the EZS is only transferred correctly to the vehicle key under the following conditions: Only one vehicle key is located in the vehicle, this key has been deactivated and it is positioned on the marking in the storage compartment for the data transfer. The costs for this adaptation are to be borne by the customer.

11028816

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11027904

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11027796

Complaint Noises from the area of the steering column.

Read full bulletin

- Creaking - Squeaking - Chattering - Humming - Grinding Cause At present, there are no known noise problems with the steering column. Remedy Check surrounding area of the steering column for possible noises. Instrument panel support Steering column switch module If noise only occurs when adjusting the steering column via electric actuation please perform: 1. Disassemble bellows of steering column tube module. 2. Move steering column entirely out and entirely down. 3. Grease steering column on green-marked positions with a suitable brush (find pictures in attachment). 4. Move column up 1/4 of the way and grease again. 5. Continue until upper limit stop is reached. 6. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 7. If noise does not resolve, perform above procedure again. 8. Then move steering column adjustment in all directions from limit stop to limit stop several times to work in the grease. 9. If noise still does not resolve, please open a TIPS case. For all other noises or if the above does not resolve, create a TIPS case Body, Chassis, and Entertainment inbox. Attach a detailed description of the noise complaint, images, and a recording of the noise. A detailed description includes: Position of height and longitudinal adjustment when the noise occurs If possible, locate affected component part on steering column State any change in the noise when steering column component parts are touched (e.g. spring, etc.)

11027656

Complaint For the potentially affected vehicles, excessively high aging of the battery was calculated at cold battery...

Read full bulletin

temperatures (<10C) and the MIL activated accordingly, even though there is no corresponding high level of aging physically. In this regard, the fault code P0A7F00 "The age limit of the hybrid/high-voltage battery module has been reached" is displayed in the N127 PTCU control unit and/or A66 battery module control unit (48 V battery). Cause Faulty computation of the age limit of the 48 V battery. Remedy Step 1: Software update of A66 battery module (48 V battery) Step 2: Perform reset routine: 2.1 Read out actual value 056 in A66 control unit (age limit SOH-R) a. If SOH-R <= 125%: Delete fault memory in PTCU control unit (N127) and 48 V battery (A66). Process ended. b. If SOH-R > 125%: Drive for 60 min to add SOH-R value. 2.2 Read out actual value 056 in A66 control unit (age limit SOH-R) a. If SOH-R <= 125%: Delete fault memory in PTCU control unit (N127) and 48 V battery (A66). Process ended. b. If SOH-R > 125%: Park vehicle > 12 hours in the workshop at a warm ambient temperature > 15C, then drive for 60 min. 2.3 Read out actual value 056 in A66 control unit (age limit SOH-R) a. If SOH-R <= 125%: Delete fault memory in PTCU control unit (N127) and 48 V battery (A66). Process ended. b. If SOH-R > 125%: Create TIPS case

11027583

Complaint After the charging process is complete, an instrument cluster message with a charging error appears and FC...

Read full bulletin

P0CFE00 is stored in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". The instrument cluster message and the FC memory entry can also appear at the beginning of the charging pause during delayed charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Remedy For model series 206 and 223 with code 802: Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Please do not replace any parts even if the FC P0CFE00 coding continues to appear after successfully completing this step. A new software fix is currently in development and will likely be published in 01/2026. Replacing parts will not remedy the issue. For model series 243: The correction is already available. Perform a software update and SCN coding for the control units "N116/5 - Direct current charging connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" in order to remedy the problem.

11026834

Complaint After the charging process is complete, an instrument cluster message with a charging error appears and FC...

Read full bulletin

P0CFE00 is stored in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear at the beginning of the charging pause during delayed charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Remedy For model series 167, 214, 254 and 223 with code 802: Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Please do not replace any parts even if the FC P0CFE00 coding continues to appear after successfully completing this step. A new software is currently in development and will become available in late 01/2026. Replacing parts will not remedy the issue. For model series 243: The correction is already available. Please inform the workshop to perform a software update and SCN coding for the control units "N116/5 - Direct current charging connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" in order to remedy the problem.

11026611

Complaint 1. General Diagnostic Tips 2.

Read full bulletin

One or More PARK Sensor Activations 3. Red Ring Around Vehicle 4. "Active Parking and Parking Assist Inoperative" on Instrument Cluster 5. Cameras 6. Other Park Topics Cause Various root causes Remedy See attached diagnostic guide.

11026607

Complaint The following most common complaints may be observed: Brief connectivity interruptions when using Apple...

Read full bulletin

CarPlay over Wi-Fi Audio cuts out Device not recognized No operation possible Cause There are multiple possible causes for an iPhone disconnecting from a vehicles head unit while using Apple CarPlay. These include hardware, software, and environmental factors: Environmental Interference: External Sources: Passing under toll bridges, driving near airports, or areas with heavy electronic interference can cause connection drops. Cellular Networks: Interference from nearby cell towers operating on similar frequencies (usually 2.4GHz or 5GHz) can disrupt the signal. Storage Location: Keeping your phone in a handbag or surrounded by other objects inside the vehicle can create physical or electronic interference. Device and Software Topics: Head Unit Software/Hardware: Hardware causes or outdated firmware in the vehicles head unit can prevent a stable connection. iPhone Software/Hardware: Similar causes in the iPhone, including outdated iOS versions or hardware causes, may affect performance. Reset or Reboot: Automatic rebooting or resetting of either the head unit or the iPhone will temporarily disrupt CarPlay. Connection and Settings: Wired Connections Cables: A compromised or poor-quality iPhone-USB cable can cause intermittent or total loss of connection. USB Ports: Dust, debris, or physical deformation in the USB port of either the head unit or the iPhone can also lead to disconnects. Wireless Connections: Intermittent Bluetooth/Wi-Fi: Unstable wireless communication (Bluetooth/Wi-Fi) can frequently break the Car- Play connection. Power Management: Battery Saver Mode: Enabling low power mode may restrict background processes, affecting CarPlay. Vehicles Electrical System: Unstable power delivery from the cars battery or electrical interruptions can cause the head unit to malfunction. Phone & App Configuration: Phone Settings: Settings (especially Bluetooth or Wi-Fi) on your iPhone can interfere with the CarPlay link. Third-Party Apps/Profiles: Installed apps or configuration profiles may conflict with CarPlays operation. Native apps are apple maps, apple music, audio books, apple news, podcasts, messages and phone. All other apps are considered third party apps. App Conflicts: Running conflicting apps that require similar system resources as CarPlay can cause instability. Mobile Data Plan: Streaming from online sources without sufficient mobile data can result in lost connectivity. Other Factors: Heat & Overheating: If either the phone or the head unit overheats, they may disable certain functions to prevent damage, leading to disconnection. User Actions: Accidentally disconnecting the device in settings, or physically moving or bumping the phone or cable, may disrupt the connection. Remedy Guided Diagnostic Path for Apple CarPlay Connection Issues Please follow the steps below to systematically diagnose and resolve CarPlay concerns: Update Devices: Ensure the iPhone is updated to the latest available iOS version. Ensure the vehicles head unit is updated to the latest software version available. Isolate the Issue: Check whether the symptom persists with another iPhone running the latest iOS version. Test both wireless and wired CarPlay connections: Does the issue only occur with wireless CarPlay? Does the wired connection to the phone function correctly? Further Troubleshooting Steps: Reboot the iPhone. Reboot the head unit via the settings menu (user data reset). Remove saved CarPlay connections Delete the head unit information from the iPhone (see attached video for guidance). Delete the iPhone from the head units list of paired devices. Remove the head unit entry from CarPlay settings on the iPhone. Re-initiate pairing between the head unit and the iPhone to establish a new connection certificate. See attachment for complete text.

11026026

Complaint After the charging process is complete, an instrument cluster message with a charging error appears and FC...

Read full bulletin

P0CFE00 is stored in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear at the beginning of the charging pause during delayed charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Remedy For model series 167, 214, 254 and 223 with code 802: Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Please do not replace any parts even if the FC P0CFE00 coding continues to appear after successfully completing this step. A new software is currently in development and will become available in late 12/2025. Replacing parts will not remedy the issue. For model series 243: The correction is already available. Please inform the workshop to perform a software update and SCN coding for the control units "N116/5 - Direct current charging connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" in order to remedy the problem.

11024426

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the door...

Read full bulletin

control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. In this case, the 12V starter battery may sporadically discharge. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the door control unit software.

11023347

Complaint The result from the XENTRY battery test does not match the current state of the battery.

Read full bulletin

Cause The XENTRY battery tester uses the stored on-board electrical system data in the SAM module to access the health of the 12 volt battery. The XENTRY battery test may not take into account a single discharge event because the SAM or EZS cannot record the data if the battery is discharged. Note: A discharged battery does not necessarily need to be replaced. A discharged battery may be recovered with no permanent damage. Remedy 1) If the battery is discharged, charge the battery. Review WS54.00-P-0037B for minimum charger specifications. Note the amperage difference between trickle (maintainer) chargers of at least 16A and quick chargers of at least 30A. Review AP54.10-P-5449U. Note when battery is sufficiently charged the charger current is less 5A. 2) While charging the battery, analyze the vehicle data to determine root cause of discharge using the following data points: NOTE: For guidance on use of the on-board electrical data please review the AKUBIS video titled "New onboard electrical system diagnosis shown on BR 166". The video can be accessed through WIS by following the path WSM--> content by model series --> passenger cars --> ML-Class --> Model 166 --> group 54 --> New onboard electrical system diagnosis. Refer to the March 2023 PCTT for the video walkthrough of analysis as well as the attachment of the slides to this Li. Review GF54.10-P-1012A regarding what can cause deep discharge protection to not end a battery draw. Review SI54.10-P-0024A for proper maintenance of the vehicle. For Star 2 vehicles: -Review FSAM on-board electrical data conspicuous records NOTE: This data can be found via FSAM N10/6 -> Actual Values -> On-board electrical system -> On-board electrical system data For Star 3 vehicles: -Review N73/3 EZS on-board electrical data conspicuous records NOTE: This data can be found via EZS N73/3 -> Actual Values -> On-board electrical system -> On-board electrical system data 3) Determine if root cause is due to: vehicle technical issue? customer behavior? NOTE: Recommend using battery analysis sheet found in XiW -> Local Contents -> Diagnostic info -> Battery Discharge Worksheet 4) If battery still does not accept charge AND the vehicle does not fall within the parameters of improper maintenance, then create a TIPS case. *IMPORTANT* - If the improper maintenance/use is found during diagnosis, DO NOT open a TIPS case. If a TIPS case is opened, it will be marked 1 star and directed to your assigned FSE for review. TIPS Case must include with the case: Amperage setting of charger and time battery was on charger XENTRY Battery Tester results Voltage of battery taken with multimeter: Do not connect charger while taking measurements N10/6 FSAM, (N73 or N73/3) and (N73*1 or N73/3*1) Workshop analysis of conspicuous data Root cause analysis for battery discharge based on the above documents (technical, customer, etc.) NOTE: For expedited results when creating a case write customer complaint as "XENTRY Battery Tester implausible".

11023190

Complaint Seal secured to B-pillar trim on rear doors cracked in upper area, see picture 1.

Read full bulletin

Cause Production deviation at supplier of B-pillar trim. Remedy Replace both B-pillar trims with optimized parts. Note: Both B-pillar trim pieces on the vehicle should be replaced, even if only one currently has the complaint.

11023153

Complaint After the charging process is complete, an instrument cluster message with a charging error appears and FC...

Read full bulletin

P0CFE00 is stored in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear at the beginning of the charging pause during delayed charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Remedy For model series 167, 214, 254 and 223 with code 802: Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". Please do not replace any parts even if the FC P0CFE00 coding continues to appear after successfully completing this step. A new software is currently in development and will become available in 11/2025. Replacing parts will not remedy the issue. For model series 243: The correction is already available. Please inform the workshop to perform a software update and SCN coding for the control units "N116/5 - Direct current charging connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" in order to remedy the problem.

11023107

Issue Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

High Voltage Battery (HVB) AC charger software does not correspond to current production specifications. As a consequence, a HVB MIL may illuminate during charging due to fluctuations in power consumption of the charging socket actuator. Remedy MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the HVB AC Charger Software.

11023026

Complaint No audio is output either in radio mode, or with media playback via app, Bluetooth or USB.

Read full bulletin

In such cases, "Playback not active" is shown in the display. Cause Mute line between communication module N112/2 and sound control unit N40/3. Remedy Check the mute cable between control units N112/2 (communication module) and N40/3 (sound system). Inspect the cable and plug contacts for damage or deformation. Repair or replace the cable as needed. Important: If any plug contact is found to be deformed, you must also inspect the corresponding connector on the control unit to ensure it is not compromised.

11023024

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the control unit HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment front left. (HLI_FL223 HW: A2239017717/ HWVersion: 23.11.00) Cause Electronic interference occurring at the sensor level of the front axle. Remedy Update of the HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment control units. Note: First update control unit for HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment on FRONT LEFT to latest software. Then update control unit for HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment on front right to latest software.

11022056

Complaint Valeo Steering Column Module (N80) goes into bootloader after updating software to A2239028729.

Read full bulletin

To verify the supplier and software number of the steering column module. See attachment "Supplier Identification" for assistance. Cause MRSM/SCCM flashed to SW A2239028729 Remedy Please send VIN specific ID1 Support Package online using the XENTRY Kit used during the time the error occurred. Then, create an XSS ticket using the Support Tool icon under XENTRY Diagnosis.

11020699

Complaint The following most common complaints may be observed: Brief connectivity interruptions when using Apple...

Read full bulletin

CarPlay over Wi-Fi Audio cuts out Device not recognized No operation possible Cause There are multiple possible causes for an iPhone disconnecting from a vehicles head unit while using Apple CarPlay. These include hardware, software, and environmental factors: Environmental Interference: External Sources: Passing under toll bridges, driving near airports, or areas with heavy electronic interference can cause connection drops. Cellular Networks: Interference from nearby cell towers operating on similar frequencies (usually 2.4GHz or 5GHz) can disrupt the signal. Storage Location: Keeping your phone in a handbag or surrounded by other objects inside the vehicle can create physical or electronic interference. Device and Software Topics: Head Unit Software/Hardware: Hardware causes or outdated firmware in the vehicles head unit can prevent a stable connection. iPhone Software/Hardware: Similar causes in the iPhone, including outdated iOS versions or hardware causes, may affect performance. Reset or Reboot: Automatic rebooting or resetting of either the head unit or the iPhone will temporarily disrupt CarPlay. Connection and Settings: Wired Connections: Cables: A compromised or poor-quality iPhone-USB cable can cause intermittent or total loss of connection. USB Ports: Dust, debris, or physical deformation in the USB port of either the head unit or the iPhone can also lead to disconnects. Wireless Connections: Intermittent Bluetooth/Wi-Fi: Unstable wireless communication (Bluetooth/Wi-Fi) can frequently break the Car- Play connection. Power Management: Battery Saver Mode: Enabling low power mode may restrict background processes, affecting CarPlay. Vehicles Electrical System: Unstable power delivery from the cars battery or electrical interruptions can cause the head unit to malfunction. Phone & App Configuration: Phone Settings: Settings (especially Bluetooth or Wi-Fi) on your iPhone can interfere with the CarPlay link. Third-Party Apps/Profiles: Installed apps or configuration profiles may conflict with CarPlays operation. Native apps are apple maps, apple music, audio books, apple news, podcasts, messages and phone. All other apps are considered third party apps. App Conflicts: Running conflicting apps that require similar system resources as CarPlay can cause instability. Mobile Data Plan: Streaming from online sources without sufficient mobile data can result in lost connectivity. Other Factors: Heat & Overheating: If either the phone or the head unit overheats, they may disable certain functions to prevent damage, leading to disconnection. User Actions: Accidentally disconnecting the device in settings, or physically moving or bumping the phone or cable, may disrupt the connection. Remedy Guided Diagnostic Path for Apple CarPlay Connection Issues Please follow the steps below to systematically diagnose and resolve CarPlay concerns: Update Devices: Ensure the iPhone is updated to the latest available iOS version. Ensure the vehicles head unit is updated to the latest software version available. Isolate the Issue: Check whether the symptom persists with another iPhone running the latest iOS version. Test both wireless and wired CarPlay connections: Does the issue only occur with wireless CarPlay? Does the wired connection to the phone function correctly? Further Troubleshooting Steps: Reboot the iPhone. Reboot the head unit via the settings menu (user data reset). Remove saved CarPlay connections Delete the head unit information from the iPhone (see attached video for guidance). Delete the iPhone from the head units list of paired devices. Remove the head unit entry from CarPlay settings on the iPhone. Re-initiate pairing between the head unit and the iPhone to establish a new connection certificate Please see attachment for further details

11019746

Complaint The intent of this document is to provide workshops with helpful technical reference language.

Read full bulletin

Commonly used acronyms in LI's and TIPS cases. Control unit names, numbers, and how to identify. Network/wiring architecture groups to baumuster quick reference. Platform to baumuster quick reference. Cause Information only Remedy Acronyms: AV = Actual Values CU = Control Unit CUL = Control Unit Log DTC = Diagnostic Trouble Code E-Stand = Fresh-up head unit boot software (found in head unit control unit log) FUP = Fresh-up FW = Firmware HSVL = High Speed Video Line HU = Head Unit HW = Hardware IPD = Injector Performance Data ISU = Initial Start Up LVDS = Low Voltage Differential Signal NSFT = Not Safe For Transport MOPF = Model Facelift (Ex: 167 MOPF) PiH = Plug-in Hybrid P3 Hybrid = AMG Plug-in Hybrid with rear drive unit SA Code = Sonderausstattungscode (Option Code) SCN = Software Calibration Number SW = Software TCU = Telecommunication Control Unit (Hermes/Ramses/Etc...) QT = Quicktest XD = XENTRY Diagnosis Control Unit Identification: Refer to the attachment "Control Unit Nomenclature" for location of each. Control Unit Name Control Unit Number Control Unit Short name Control Unit Diogenes ("dy-oj-uh-neez") name - Control unit variant/family. Network/Wiring Architecture to Baumuster Quick Reference: MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" 174 Star 1 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 166, 176, 221, 242, 246, 292 Star 2 205, 213, 238, 253, 257, 290 (MRA) 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 118, 177, 243, 247 (MFA2) 167, 222, 292, 463, 465, 906 Star 3 294, 295, 296, 297 (EVA2) 206, 214, 223, 236, 254 (MRA2) 192 and 232 (MSA) 907 Platform to Baumuster Quick Reference: MRA = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture": 205 213 222 238 253 257 290 MRA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture - Generation 2": 206 214 223 236 254 MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" 174

11019016

In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance of Mercedes-Benz products and to enhance the satisfaction of...

Read full bulletin

our customers, Mercedes-Benz USA is extending the warranty coverage for the Diagnostic Module for Tank Leakage detection (DMTL) on your vehicle from the original New Vehicle Limited Warranty of 4 years / 50,000 miles to 15 years/150,000 miles (whichever occurs first). This applies to the vehicle regardless of ownership.

11018890

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

ignition lock (EZS) control unit does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The EZS control unit will receive an OTA software update which will improve the performance of hands-free access on the affected vehicles. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11018714

Complaint The following most common complaints may be observed: Brief connectivity interruptions when using Apple...

Read full bulletin

CarPlay over Wi-Fi Audio cuts out Device not recognized No operation possible Cause There are multiple possible causes for an iPhone disconnecting from a vehicles head unit while using Apple CarPlay. These include hardware, software, and environmental factors: Environmental Interference External Sources: Passing under toll bridges, driving near airports, or areas with heavy electronic interference (e.g., as described in LI82.85-P-076157) can cause connection drops. Cellular Networks: Interference from nearby cell towers operating on similar frequencies (usually 2.4GHz or 5GHz) can disrupt the signal. Storage Location: Keeping your phone in a handbag or surrounded by other objects inside the vehicle can create physical or electronic interference. Device and Software Issues Head Unit Software/Hardware: Outdated firmware, bugs, or hardware faults in the vehicles head unit can prevent a stable connection. iPhone Software/Hardware: Similar issues in the iPhone, including buggy iOS updates or hardware problems, may affect performance. Reset or Reboot: Automatic rebooting or resetting of either the head unit or the iPhone will temporarily disrupt CarPlay. Connection and Settings Wired Connections: Faulty Cable: A damaged or poor-quality USB cable can cause intermittent or total loss of connection. USB Port Issues: Dust, debris, or physical damage in the USB port of either the head unit or the iPhone can also lead to disconnects. Wireless Connections: Intermittent Bluetooth/Wi-Fi: Unstable wireless communication (Bluetooth/Wi-Fi) can frequently break the Car- Play connection. Power Management: Battery Saver Mode: Enabling low power mode may restrict background processes, affecting CarPlay. Vehicles Electrical System: Unstable power delivery from the cars battery or electrical interruptions can cause the head unit to malfunction. Phone & App Configuration Phone Settings: Incorrect or conflicting settings (especially Bluetooth or Wi-Fi) on your iPhone can interfere with the CarPlay link. Third-Party Apps/Profiles: Installed apps or configuration profiles may conflict with CarPlays operation. Native apps are apple maps, apple music, audio books, apple news, podcasts, messages and phone. All other apps are considered third party apps. App Conflicts: Running conflicting apps that require similar system resources as CarPlay can cause instability. Mobile Data Plan: Streaming from online sources without sufficient mobile data can result in lost connectivity. Other Factors Heat & Overheating: If either the phone or the head unit overheats, they may disable certain functions to prevent damage, leading to disconnection. User Actions: Accidentally disconnecting the device in settings, or physically moving or bumping the phone or cable, may disrupt the connection. Remedy Guided Diagnostic Path for Apple CarPlay Connection Issues Please follow the steps below to systematically diagnose and resolve CarPlay concerns: Update Devices: Ensure the iPhone is updated to the latest available iOS version. Ensure the vehicles head unit is updated to the latest software version available. Isolate the Issue: Check whether the symptom persists with another iPhone running the latest iOS version. Test both wireless and wired CarPlay connections: Does the issue only occur with wireless CarPlay?

11018365

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the HLI control unit. Cause HLI control units processing of level sensor data. Remedy Update the software for the HLI control units - starting with the left controller. After the updates, perform SCN coding of the EZS. Please ensure that the SW with the A item number A2239027738 (or newer) is used. Parts replacements will not resolve complaint. Do not replace parts. If concern is not resolved by software, please open a TIPS case and send to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox. Concern does not impact drivability of the vehicle or the function of the headlights.

11018297

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the HLI control unit. Cause HLI control units processing of level sensor data. Remedy Update the software for the HLI control units - starting with the left (driver side) controller. After the updates, perform SCN coding of the EZS. Parts replacements will not resolve complaint. Do not replace parts. If concern is not resolved by software, please open a TIPS case and send to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox. Concern does not impact drivability of the vehicle or the function of the headlights.

11018206

Complaint The result from the XENTRY battery test does not match the current state of the battery.

Read full bulletin

Cause The XENTRY battery tester uses the stored on-board electrical system data in the SAM module to access the health of the 12 volt battery. The XENTRY battery test may not take into account a single discharge event because the SAM or EZS cannot record the data if the battery is discharged. Note: A discharged battery does not necessarily need to be replaced. A discharged battery may be recovered with no permanent damage. Remedy 1) If the battery is discharged, charge the battery. Review WS54.00-P-0037B for minimum charger specifications. Note the amperage difference between trickle (maintainer) chargers of at least 16A and quick chargers of at least 30A. Review AP54.10-P-5449U. Note when battery is sufficiently charged the charger current is less 5A. 2) While charging the battery, analyze the vehicle data to determine root cause of discharge using the following data points: NOTE: For guidance on use of the on-board electrical data please review the AKUBIS video titled "New onboard electrical system diagnosis shown on BR 166". The video can be accessed through WIS by following the path WSM--> content by model series --> passenger cars --> ML-Class --> Model 166 --> group 54 --> New onboard electrical system diagnosis. Refer to the March 2023 PCTT for the video walkthrough of analysis as well as the attachment of the slides to this Li. For Star 2 vehicles: -Review FSAM on-board electrical data conspicuous records NOTE: This data can be found via FSAM N10/6 -> Actual Values -> On-board electrical system -> On-board electrical system data For Star 3 vehicles: -Review N73/3 EZS on-board electrical data conspicuous records NOTE: This data can be found via EZS N73/3 -> Actual Values -> On-board electrical system -> On-board electrical system data 3) Determine if root cause is due to: vehicle technical issue? customer behavior? NOTE: Recommend using battery analysis sheet found in XiW -> Local Contents -> Diagnostic info -> Battery Discharge Worksheet 4) If battery still does not accept charge, create a TIPS case. -Must include with the case: Amperage setting of charger and time battery was on charger XENTRY Battery Tester results Voltage of battery taken with multimeter: Do not connect charger while taking measurements N10/6 FSAM and N73/3 EZS CUL Workshop analysis of conspicuous data Root cause analysis for battery discharge based on the above documents (technical, customer, etc.) NOTE: For expedited results when creating a case write customer complaint as "XENTRY Battery Tester implausible".

11018204

Complaint Hand detection system not operating correctly / vehicles with code 266 Fault message in instrument cluster:...

Read full bulletin

"Active Emergency Stop Assist not available" "Active Lane Keeping Assist not available" Cause Possible causes: the hand detection mat, the hand detection control unit, the contacts and the steering wheel harness. Remedy In the event of a customer complaint and fault code in IDC control unit: U186B29 in IDC223 or fault code U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1 in IDC213 or fault code in HOSWD control unit: B1E7614 Test: Please perform the new SCN coding for HOSWD control unit (N179/1) (available since May 2025). Please flash the IDC (N62/4) software A223 902 75 37 (only applies to HOSWD223). Erase fault memory Remedy: Switch on ignition without touching the steering wheel. If after 10 seconds without touching the steering wheel, one of the two fault messages appears in the IC: Please check contacts and feed lines in the steering wheel by means of visual inspection for damage, crimped connections, loose connections, etc. (example in picture 2 and 3). If there is visible damage -> replace steering wheel electronics or feed lines. If there is no visible damage -> Please create TIPS case! If no yellow message appears in the instrument cluster within 10 seconds: Please grab the steering wheel all the way round, including the 6 o'clock chrome molding, with both hands (see picture 1). If the fault is triggered by grabbing the steering wheel rim or pressing on the 6 o'clock clasp, check contacts and feed lines in the steering wheel by means of visual inspection for damage, crimped connections, loose connections, etc. (example in picture 2 and 3). Check ground connections (screw connections and cable to steering wheel rim); if necessary tighten screws/bolts and check for corrosion (Picture 4). If there is visible damage -> replace steering wheel electronics or feed lines. If no fault is visible: Please open a TIPS case! In the event of a customer complaint and further fault code in HOSWD: B1E7713: Check ground connections (screw connections and cable to steering wheel rim); if necessary tighten screws/bolts and check for corrosion (Picture 4). B1F1F04: Check hand detection system control unit; if necessary swap with donor vehicle (ensure that the HW part numbers are identical).

11018160

Complaint After the charging process is complete, the IC message with charging error appears and the FC P0CFE00 is...

Read full bulletin

stored in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear during time-delayed charging at the start of the pause in charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. Remedy For 206 and 223 model lines with code 802 - Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". If, even after the coding has been successfully completed, the FC P0CFE00 continues to occur, please do not replace any parts. New software fix is currently in development and it is expected to be released by 08/2025. Replacing of parts will not bring in any remedial action. For 243 model line - Fix is already available. Please tell the workshop to perform software update and SCN coding for control units "N116/5 - Direct current charge connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" to resolve the problem.

11018039

Complaint Symptoms relating to CIVIC A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system + instrument cluster (head unit)] and/or displays...

Read full bulletin

Cause Enhanced technical support process for CIVIC modules and associated displays Remedy Note: Do not replace any components. For all symptoms concerning CIVIC and displays create a TIPS case after performing initial diagnosis. Attach the following documents to this case: Quick test Control unit logs for CIVIC and all displays If possible, obtain customer consent for CIVIC logging that needs to be reviewed by GSP (see attachment). In some instances the CIVIC logs may not be required. After receiving the case if it is determined that CIVIC logging is required, a password will be generated for activation of the CIVIC logging (where the customer has approved this). This password and Xentry instruction on how to create a log will be communicated in the TIPS case. The password is case sensitive and only valid for 24 hours. Note: If unable to obtain the customer approval for CIVIC logging, simply state so in the TIPS case notes.

11017516

Complaint Hand detection system not operating correctly / vehicles with code 266 Fault message in instrument cluster:...

Read full bulletin

"Active Emergency Stop Assist not available" "Active Lane Keeping Assist not available" Cause Possible causes: the hand detection mat, the hand detection control unit, the contacts and the steering wheel harness. Remedy Test Procedure: Perform an initial quick test with freeze frame data. Save the N179 - Hand detection system (HE) and N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit logs. Note the fault frequency of fault codes set. Delete the N179 and N62/4 fault memory. Test: Please flash the IDC (N62/4) software A223 902 75 37 (only applies to HOSWD223). Erase fault memory Reset the HOSWD control unit in line with the guided test in Xentry. Using both hands, "scan" the steering wheel all the way round, including the chrome molding at 6 o'clock (see Picture 1). Read out fault memory and follow steps below for any faults set. Remedy: Switch on ignition without touching the steering wheel. If after 10 seconds without touching the steering wheel, one of the two fault messages appears in the IC: Please check contacts and feed lines in the steering wheel by means of visual inspection for damage, crimped connections, loose connections, etc. (example in picture 2 and 3). If there is visible damage -> replace steering wheel electronics or feed lines. If there is no visible damage -> replace steering wheel rim. If no yellow message appears in the instrument cluster within 10 seconds: Please grab the steering wheel all the way round, including the 6 o'clock chrome molding, with both hands (see picture 1). If the fault is triggered by grabbing the steering wheel rim or pressing on the 6 o'clock clasp, check contacts and feed lines in the steering wheel by means of visual inspection for damage, crimped connections, loose connections, etc. (example in picture 2 and 3). Check ground connections (screw connections and cable to steering wheel rim); if necessary tighten screws/bolts and check for corrosion (Picture 4). If there is visible damage -> replace steering wheel electronics or feed lines. If no defect is visible: Please do not replace the steering wheel, but wait for new coding parameters which should be available 05/2025. Vehicles with control unit N179 - Hand detection system (HE): B1E7614: Check contacts and wiring harness in steering wheel by carrying out a visual check for damage, pinched areas, loose connections, etc. (examples in Figs. 2 and 3); If no damage is noted replace the N135 - Steering wheel electronics (LRE) and reassess. If fault code returns replace the steering wheel. B1E7713: Please check the wires and connections in the steering wheel. Afterwards, please check whether the complaint is caused by over torqued screws on steering wheel trim pieces. To do this, please loosen the screws slightly and reevaluate the situation. (Picture 4). P164456: Perform SCN coding. P1CA000: Perform an initial start-up on the N179 hand detection control unit. Faults in N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit with U186B29, U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the N179 control unit: Scan steering wheel as indicated in the test procedure and check whether the fault is reproducible. If no fault code is stored in the hand detection control unit, the fault codes in the driver assistance systems control unit are precautionary messages. Software for the N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) is now available for Star 3 vehicles only. Fault in IDC223 control unit: U186B29: Delete fault memory and flash the new IDC (N62/4) software A223 902 75 37. If the software update is not available, or the problem persists, create a TIPS case. Fault in IDC213 control unit: U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the HOSWD control unit then scan the steering wheel and check whether the fault is reproducible. If reproducible: Create a TIPS case, adding the

11017217

Complaint Random heating of air conditioning system.

Read full bulletin

Cause Temperature sensor in overhead control panel (OCP) delivering incorrect values: The temperature sensor in the overhead control panel is malfunctioning. Fault code B110709 or fault code B11F697 are present in the overhead control panel with the status (active) or (active stored). or The temperature sensor in the overhead control panel measures an incorrect temperature (the temperature value can be checked against the actual value in the overhead control panel) If the above-mentioned fault code is not present, the cause could be malfunction on the air conditioning system. Remedy If one of the above-mentioned fault codes should occur, a TIPS case must be created here. If the above fault codes or actual value differences are present in the OCP - please send the case to the Body/Chassis/ Entertainment inbox. Otherwise, the case must be sent to the HV/LV inbox for support in A/C diagnosis. *** It is not necessary to replace the overhead control panel ***

11017208

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the control unit HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment front left. Cause Electronic interference occurring at the sensor level of the front axle. Remedy Update of the HLI/LED headlamp range adjustment control units.

11016153

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

powertrain control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. Consequently, there is a risk that the 48V battery may not charge due to an implausible state-of-charge in the powertrain control unit. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the powertrain control unit software.

11015667

Issue Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles.

Read full bulletin

The software for the communication module does not correspond to the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update. The update is downloaded and installed in the background. During installation, the system can be used without restrictions. The new software will become active after the vehicle has been restarted. Remedy MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11015663

Issue Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

communication software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update which includes quality-enhancing optimizations and improves the system stability and accessibility of Mercedes me services. The update is downloaded and installed in the background. During installation, the system can be used without restrictions. The new software will become active after the vehicle has been restarted. Remedy MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11015659

Issue Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

communication software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update which includes quality-enhancing optimizations and improves the system stability and accessibility of Mercedes me services. The update is downloaded and installed in the background. During installation, the system can be used without restrictions. The new software will become active after the vehicle has been restarted. Remedy MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11015627

Complaint The luggage compartment lighting switches off and back on erratically if the tailgate is opened with the ignition switched off.

Read full bulletin

Cause The problem was caused by a software error in the control unit N10/8 (Rear SAM). Remedy Software update to the control unit N10/8 (Rear SAM - Signal acquisition and actuation module rear control unit).

11015617

Complaint Tailgate opens unintentionally.

Read full bulletin

Cause Accidental or unnoticed activation of the button to open the tailgate on the vehicle key. E.g. when stored in trouser pocket, handbag etc. Remedy As of the 6th generation, the vehicle key can be recoded so that the tailgate no longer opens as a result of a long press on the button, but by double-clicking on the button instead. This reduces the likelihood of the button being activated accidentally or unintentionally. The recoding can be carried out as follows: 1. Enter AO Code O19 into VeDoc (O for Oscar, not "zero") 2. EZS N73: Perform SCN coding 3. Deactivate the vehicle key (a successful deactivation is indicated by the LED lighting up 2x briefly and then 1x for a long period). 4. Place the vehicle key on the key symbol in the storage compartment and then switch on the ignition. All other vehicle keys must be outside of the vehicle when doing this! Perform steps 3 and 4 successively for all vehicle keys. Notes: 6th, 7th and 8th generation keys can be deactivated as follows: Up to modification year 22/1 double-click on the locking button As of modification year 22/1, by pressing and holding the locking button + double-clicking on the release tab On model series 167, the storage compartment with the key symbol is located in the armrest. The SCN coding from the EZS is only transferred correctly to the vehicle key under the following conditions: Only one vehicle key is located in the vehicle, this key has been deactivated and it is positioned on the marking in the storage compartment for the data transfer. The costs for this adaptation are to be borne by the customer.

11014606

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY19-25 A-Class, C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

CLA, CLS, E-Class, G-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GT, and S-Class (118, 177, 205, 213, 217, 222, 238, 247, 253, 257, 290, 463 platform) vehicles, the communication software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update which includes quality-enhancing optimizations and improves the system stability and accessibility of Mercedes me services. The update is downloaded and installed in the background. During installation, the system can be used without restrictions. The new software will become active after the vehicle has been restarted. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update. Parts Parts are not required

11014596

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY20-25 A-Class, C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

CLA, CLS, E-Class, EQB, GLB, GLE, GLS, AMG GT 4-Door, and S-Class (118, 167, 177, 205, 213, 222, 238, 243, 247, 257, 290 platform) vehicles, the communication software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update which includes quality-enhancing optimizations and improves the system stability and accessibility of Mercedes me services. The update is downloaded and installed in the background. During installation, the system can be used without restrictions. The new software will become active after the vehicle has been restarted. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

11014402

Complaint Customer-perceived problem: Fuel gauge reading implausible MIL ON (market-dependent) N118/3 Fault codes in...

Read full bulletin

control units FSCM_GEN4/5/6 For these fault codes, the tests contained in XENTRY must be carried out P046109 / P206609 / P13E600 For these fault codes, the connector couplings/wiring harness routing must be checked for damage P206600 / P046100 Cause Various Remedy Carry out XENTRY tests for the listed fault codes in the FSCM (N118) and document the monitor graphics for the primary/ secondary lever-type sensors.

11014398

Complaint The intent of this document is to provide workshops with helpful technical reference language.

Read full bulletin

Commonly used acronyms in LI's and TIPS cases. Control unit names, numbers, and how to identify. Network/wiring architecture groups to baumuster quick reference. Platform to baumuster quick reference. Cause Information only Remedy Acronyms: AV = Actual Values CU = Control Unit CUL = Control Unit Log DTC = Diagnostic Trouble Code E-Stand = Fresh-up head unit boot software (found in head unit control unit log) FUP = Fresh-up FW = Firmware HSVL = High Speed Video Line HU = Head Unit HW = Hardware ISU = Initial Start Up LVDS = Low Voltage Differential Signal NSFT = Not Safe For Transport MOPF = Model Facelift (Ex: 167 MOPF) PiH = Plug-in Hybrid P3 Hybrid = AMG Plug-in Hybrid with rear drive unit SA Code = Sonderausstattungscode (Option Code) SCN = Software Calibration Number SW = Software TCU = Telecommunication Control Unit (Hermes/Ramses/Etc...) QT = Quicktest XD = XENTRY Diagnosis Control Unit Identification: Refer to the attachment "Control Unit Nomenclature" for location of each. Control Unit Name Control Unit Number Control Unit Short name Control Unit Diogenes ("dy-oj-uh-neez") name - Control unit variant/family. Network/Wiring Architecture to Baumuster Quick Reference: Star 1 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 166, 176, 221, 242, 246, 292 Star 2 205, 213, 238, 253, 257, 290 (MRA) 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 118, 177, 243, 247 (MFA2) 167, 222, 292, 463, 465, 906 Star 3 294, 295, 296, 297 (EVA2) 206, 214, 223, 236, 254 (MRA2) 192 and 232 (MSA) 907 Platform to Baumuster Quick Reference: MRA = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture": 205 213 222 238 253 257 290 MRA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture - Generation 2": 206 214 223 236 254 MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" No vehicles currently launched.

11013996

Complaint Hand detection system not operating correctly / vehicles with code 266 Fault message in instrument cluster:...

Read full bulletin

"Active Emergency Stop Assist not available" "Active Lane Keeping Assist not available" Cause Possible causes: the hand detection mat, the hand detection control unit, the contacts and the steering wheel harness. Remedy Test Procedure: Perform an initial quick test with freeze frame data. Save the N179 - Hand detection system (HE) and N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit logs. Note the fault frequency of fault codes set. Delete the N179 and N62/4 fault memory. Using both hands, "scan" the steering wheel all the way round, including the chrome molding at 6 o'clock (see Picture 1). Read out fault memory and follow steps below for any faults set. Remedy: Vehicles with control unit N179 - Hand detection system (HE): B1E7614: Check contacts and wiring harness in steering wheel by carrying out a visual check for damage, pinched areas, loose connections, etc. (examples in Figs. 2 and 3); If no damage is noted replace the N135 - Steering wheel electronics (LRE) and reassess. If fault code returns replace the steering wheel. B1E7713: Please check the wires and connections in the steering wheel. Afterwards, please check whether the complaint is caused by over torqued screws on steering wheel trim pieces. To do this, please loosen the screws slightly and reevaluate the situation. (Picture 4). P164456: Perform SCN coding. P1CA000: Perform an initial start-up on the N179 hand detection control unit. Faults in N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit with U186B29, U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the N179 control unit: Scan steering wheel as indicated in the test procedure and check whether the fault is reproducible. If no fault code is stored in the hand detection control unit, the fault codes in the driver assistance systems control unit are precautionary messages. Software for the N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) is now available for Star 3 vehicles only. Fault in IDC223 control unit: U186B29: Delete fault memory and flash the new IDC (N62/4) software A223 902 75 37. If the software update is not available, or the problem persists, create a TIPS case. Fault in IDC213 control unit: U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the HOSWD control unit then scan the steering wheel and check whether the fault is reproducible. If reproducible: Create a TIPS case, adding the note "reproducible". If no fault code is stored in the hand detection control unit, the fault codes in the driver assistance systems control unit are precautionary messages. New coding parameters (SCN) will be available in Q2/2025 for the HOSWD control unit.

11013847

Dear Mercedes-Benz Owner: On behalf of Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA"), thank you for being a part of the Mercedes-Benz family.

Read full bulletin

We hope that you're enjoying your vehicle. Here at MBUSA, we are committed to delivering an exceptional ownership experience. In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance and quality of your vehicle, we are writing to inform you about an Over-the-Air ("OTA") Service Campaign to update the communication module software on certain Model Year 2019-2025 A-Class, C-Class, CLA, CLE, CLS, E-Class, EQB, EOE, EQS, G-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE/GLS, AMG GT 4-Door, and S-Class vehicles. This update includes quality-enhancing optimizations and product improvements.

11013192

Complaint Fuel door may require several attempts to open.

Read full bulletin

Please note that if the complaint "Fuel filler flap not opening" occurs, it is important to check the fuel filler flap before replacing the central locking actuator. For gasoline hybrid vehicles where the fuel filler flap fails to open or does so but slowly, observe the document "Fuel filler flap fails to open or does so but slowly on plug-in HYBRID gasoline vehicles"! Cause Central locking actuator may have an electrical fault and may not open. Remedy 1. Car locked: To rule out incorrect operation, operate the fuel filler flap in the area shown in Fig. 1 and listen out for the clicking noise of the microswitch in the central locking actuator. If no clicking can be heard, continue with point 4. 2. Car unlocked: Press area on flap to start the microswitch clicking. Flap opens - show the customer the area to press. 3. Car unlocked: Flap cannot be opened regardless of which area you press. Open the flap by operating the emergency release for the CL actuator (through trunk, fender gap cover, etc, depending on specific vehicle) 4. Central locking actuator pressed directly, no clicking of microswitch, no electrical release of central locking actuator => Clicking of microswitch, electrical release of central locking actuator => Tank filler recess/charging recess not OK; report results via a TIPS case to B/C/E Inbox. 5. Replace central locking actuator; check function of new part before installing it: Do not dispose of damaged part. New central locking actuator does not release: More detailed examination of connector coupling, wiring harness, electrics required.

11013190

Complaint For the potentially affected vehicles, excessively high aging of the battery was calculated at cold battery...

Read full bulletin

temperatures (<50F) and the MIL activated accordingly, even though there is no corresponding high level of aging physically. In this regard, the fault code P0A7F00 "The age limit of the hybrid/high-voltage battery module has been reached" is displayed in the N127 PTCU control unit and/or A66 battery module control unit (48 V battery). Cause Faulty computation of the age limit of the 48 V battery. Remedy Do not replace any parts!! Step 1: Perform the software update of A66 battery module (48 V battery) After SW has been updated, perform the following reset procedure: Step 1: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) Step 2: If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH > 125%: Drive for a duration of 60 minutes to retrain the SOH-R value. Step 3: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH > 125%: Park vehicle in Workshop for >12 hours in warm ambient temperature >60F, afterwards drive for a duration of 60 minutes. Step 4: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH-R is still >125%, open a TIPS case.

11013186

Complaint - Digital light pop-up messages (warnings, notes, spotlight and dyn.

Read full bulletin

low beam) appear in the instrument cluster (picture in attachment), even though the same digital light settings are stored in all MBUX profiles Note: The pop-up messages are intended to indicate different settings when changing MBUX profiles Cause - ECU software Remedy - Reset MBUX to manufacturer default settings. Software update available as of December 2024. - A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (head unit)

11013179

Complaint Customer-perceived problem: Fuel gauge reading implausible MIL ON (market-dependent) N118/3 Fault codes in...

Read full bulletin

control units FSCM_GEN4/5/6 For these fault codes, the tests contained in XENTRY must be carried out P046109 / P206609 / P13E600 For these fault codes, the connector couplings/wiring harness routing must be checked for damage P206600 / P046100 Cause Various Remedy Carry out XENTRY tests for the listed fault codes in the FSCM (N118) and document the monitor graphics for the primary/ secondary lever-type sensors.

11012909

Complaint The remaining time shown on the instrument cluster in the workshop menu (days to next due service) is...

Read full bulletin

implausible (> < 365 days) for the following conditions: for the date of the vehicle handover or the last conducted and confirmed Service A/B Cause The following conditions can occur on vehicles with a disconnected on-board electrical system battery (12V/48V): The period in which the on-board electrical system battery is disconnected cannot be counted by the maintenance computer. As soon as the on-board electrical system battery is connected again, the maintenance computer automatically starts counting without making a correction to the remaining time (days to next due service). Remedy Allowance must be made for vehicles with disconnected on-board electrical system battery. The following process must be complied with to achieve a correct calculation: (A): The number of days from the "day of vehicle handover or the last conducted Service A/B" onward up to the "day on which the vehicle arrived at the workshop". (B): Remaining time (days to next due service date shown on instrument cluster). (C): Days on which the on-board electrical system battery was disconnected. The formula requires the following condition to be complied with. 365 - (A) [days] = (B) - (C) [days] If the on-board electrical system battery (12 V/48 V) was not disconnected and the remaining time shown on the instrument cluster in the customer or workshop menu (days to next due service) is implausible with regard to the date of the vehicle handover or the last conducted and confirmed service A/B, or the condition in the formula was not complied with, the service can nevertheless be conducted and confirmed. A TIPS case should only be created if the vehicle is more than 90 days over the actual service due date. In these cases, attach the control unit logs from the instrument cluster, PTCU and electronic ignition lock as well as a quick test.

11012808

Complaint Electrical fault on rear airbag/window airbag.

Read full bulletin

SRS indicator light on in instrument cluster. Cause Contact problems that may create a short circuit between the pins or to the vehicle ground Remedy Connect and disconnect the affected airbag five times Then the squib must be carefully blown out with dry compressed air. Important: There may be no mechanical contact! If fault is not rectified: Please measure the internal resistance as described in SI91.00-P-0005A. If the resistor of the airbag is OK, please replace the airbag connector. If the resistance of the airbag is not OK, please replace the airbag. Important: Electrical fault has no bearing on operation of airbag in emergency situations. Airbag will function as designed.

11012806

Complaint Hand detection system not operating correctly / vehicles with code 266 Fault message in instrument cluster:...

Read full bulletin

"Active Emergency Stop Assist not available" "Active Lane Keeping Assist not available" Cause Possible causes: the hand detection mat, the hand detection control unit, the contacts and the steering wheel harness. Remedy Test Procedure: Perform an initial quick test with freeze frame data. Save the N179 - Hand detection system (HE) and N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit logs. Note the fault frequency of fault codes set. Delete the N179 and N62/4 fault memory. Using both hands, "scan" the steering wheel all the way round, including the chrome molding at 6 o'clock (see Picture 1). Read out fault memory and follow steps below for any faults set. Remedy: Vehicles with control unit N179 - Hand detection system (HE): B1E7614: Check contacts and wiring harness in steering wheel by carrying out a visual check for damage, pinched areas, loose connections, etc. (examples in Figs. 2 and 3); If no damage is noted replace the N135 - Steering wheel electronics (LRE) and reassess. If fault code returns replace the steering wheel. B1E7713: Please check the wires and connections in the steering wheel. Afterwards, please check whether the complaint is caused by over torqued screws on steering wheel trim pieces. To do this, please loosen the screws slightly and reevaluate the situation. (Picture 4). P164456: Perform SCN coding. P1CA000: Perform an initial start-up on the N179 hand detection control unit. Faults in N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit with U186B29, U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the N179 control unit: Scan steering wheel as indicated in the test procedure and check whether the fault is reproducible. If no fault code is stored in the hand detection control unit, the fault codes in the driver assistance systems control unit are precautionary messages. Software for the N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) is now available for Star 3 vehicles only. Fault in IDC223 control unit: U186B29: Delete fault memory and flash the new IDC (N62/4) software A223 902 75 37. If the software update is not available, or the problem persists, create a TIPS case.

11012804

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the HLI control unit. Cause HLI control units processing of level sensor data. Remedy Software fix under development. LI will be updated upon release. Parts replacements will not resolve complaint. Do not replace parts. Concern does not impact drivability of the vehicle.

11012782

Complaint For the potentially affected vehicles, excessively high aging of the battery was calculated at cold battery...

Read full bulletin

temperatures (<50F) and the MIL activated accordingly, even though there is no corresponding high level of aging physically. In this regard, the fault code P0A7F00 "The age limit of the hybrid/high-voltage battery module has been reached" is displayed in the N127 PTCU control unit and/or A66 battery module control unit (48 V battery). Cause Faulty computation of the age limit of the 48 V battery. Remedy Do not replace any parts!! Step 1: Perform the software update of A66 battery module (48 V battery) After SW has been updated, perform the following reset procedure: Step 1: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) Step 2: If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH > 125%: Drive for a duration of 60 minutes to retrain the SOH-R value. Step 3: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH > 125%: Park vehicle in Workshop for >12 hours in warm ambient temperature >60F, afterwards drive for a duration of 60 minutes. Step 4: Read the State of Health Resistance - (SOH-R) If SOH-R <=125%: Clear fault memory in PTCU(N127) and 48V battery (A66). Procedure finished. If SOH-R is still >125%, open a TIPS case.

11010648

Complaint Transfer of selected user-defined scene/ animation (Mercedes-Benz Phone App) from HU to ECU software fails to start.

Read full bulletin

Charging bar stops at 0%. (Picture in attachment) Cause Communication between headlight control unit and HU. Remedy Update the software of the following control units to the latest version: - A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (head unit) - E1n14 - Front left digital headlight control unit (DHLS-CU-VL) - E2n14 - Front right digital headlight control unit (DHLS-CU-VR)

11009138

Complaint Message in instrument cluster "Adaptive high beams assistant not available/inoperative" or "DIGITAL LIGHT...

Read full bulletin

reduced range of functions" in relation to "FC151E29- The level sensor at front left has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal" in the HLI control unit. Cause Older software release, HLI control units Remedy Update of HLI control units (E1n9 / E2n9)

11008885

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2023 2024 C-Class (206...

Read full bulletin

platform) and GLC (254 platform) vehicles, the door control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. In this case, the 12V starter battery may sporadically discharge. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the door control unit software.

11008065

Cause The following conditions can occur on vehicles with a disconnected on-board electrical system battery 12V/48V): ...

Read full bulletin

The period in which the on-board electrical system battery is disconnected cannot be counted by the maintenance computer. As soon as the on-board electrical system battery is connected again, the maintenance computer automatically starts counting without making a correction to the remaining time (days to next due service). Remedy Allowance must be made for vehicles with disconnected on-board electrical system battery. The following process must be complied with to achieve a correct calculation: (A): The number of days from the "day of vehicle handover or the last conducted Service A/B" onward up to the "day on which the vehicle arrived at the workshop". (B): Remaining time (days to next due service date shown on instrument cluster). (C): Days on which the on-board electrical system battery was disconnected. The formula requires the following condition to be complied with. 365 - (A) [days] = (B) - (C) [days] If the on-board electrical system battery (12V/48V) was not disconnected and the remaining time shown on the instrument cluster in the customer or workshop menu (days to next due service) is implausible or the formula was not complied with please create a TIPS case and attach the control unit logs from the instrument cluster and the PTCU as well as a quick test with freeze frame data.

11007752

Complaint Transfer of selected user-defined scene/ animation (MeApp) from HU to ECU software fails to start.

Read full bulletin

Charging bar stops at 0%. (Picture in attachment) Cause Communication between light control unit and HU Remedy Software update to latest version: - A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (head unit) - E1n14 - Front left digital headlamp control unit (DHLS-CU-VL) - E2n14 - Front right digital headlamp control unit (DHLS-CU-VR)

11006710

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-24 C-Class (206...

Read full bulletin

platform), EQE (294 and 296 platform), EQS (295 and 297 platform), GLC (254 platform), AMG GT (192 platform), S-Class (223 platform), and AMG SL (232 platform) vehicles, the communication module software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA software update that includes product improvements. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. All customers will be mailed a letter informing them of this software update.

11005336

Complaint Digital light pop-up messages (warnings, notes, spotlight and dyn.

Read full bulletin

low beam) appear in the instrument cluster (picture in attachment), even though the same digital light settings are stored in all MBUX profiles Note: The pop-up messages are intended to indicate different settings when changing MBUX profiles Cause - ECU software error Remedy - Reset MBUX to manufacturer default settings. Software update expected to be available YoM24/2 (Year of Modification - Code can be found in VeDoc): - A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (head unit) -This document will be updated when the software is available.

11005334

Complaint Hand detection system not operating correctly / vehicles with code 266 Fault message in instrument cluster:...

Read full bulletin

"Active Emergency Stop Assist not available" "Active Lane Keeping Assist not available" Cause Possible causes: the hand detection mat, the hand detection control unit, the contacts and the steering wheel harness. Remedy Test Procedure: Perform an initial quick test with freeze frame data. Save the N179 - Hand detection system (HE) and N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit logs. Note the fault frequency of fault codes set. Delete the N179 and N62/4 fault memory. Using both hands, "scan" the steering wheel all the way round, including the chrome molding at 6 o'clock (see Picture 1). Read out fault memory and follow steps below for any faults set. Remedy: Vehicles with control unit N179 - Hand detection system (HE): B1E7614: Check contacts and wiring harness in steering wheel by carrying out a visual check for damage, pinched areas, loose connections, etc. (examples in Figs. 2 and 3); If no damage is noted replace the N135 - Steering wheel electronics (LRE) and reassess. If fault code returns replace the steering wheel. Please check the wires and connections in the steering wheel. Afterwards, please check whether the complaint is caused by over torqued screws on steering wheel trim pieces. To do this, please loosen the screws slightly and reevaluate the situation. (Picture 4). P164456: Perform SCN coding. P1CA000: Perform an initial start-up on the N179 hand detection control unit. Faults in N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) control unit with U186B29, U0429E0, U042941, U042929, U042902, U0429E1: If no fault is stored in the N179 control unit: Scan steering wheel as indicated in the test procedure and check whether the fault is reproducible. If no fault code is stored in the hand detection control unit, the fault codes in the driver assistance systems control unit are precautionary messages. Software for the N62/4 - Driver assistance system (SG-FAS) is in preparation to reduce erroneous messages in the driver display.

11005293

Complaint After the charging process is complete, the IC message with charging error appears and the FC P0CFE00 is...

Read full bulletin

stored in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear during time-delayed charging at the start of the pause in charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. Remedy For 206 and 223 model lines with code 802 - Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)". If, even after the coding has been successfully completed, the FC P0CFE00 continues to occur, please do not replace any parts. New software fix is currently in development and it is expected to be released by Q1-2025. Replacing of parts will not bring in any remedial action. For 243 model line - Fix is already available. Please tell the workshop to perform software update and SCN coding for control units "N116/5 - Direct current charge connection unit (DCCU)" and "N83/11 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" to resolve the problem.

11000706

Complaint Red display in the Charging indicator status in MBUX during AC Charging.

Read full bulletin

Error message in Mercedes Me App. Fault code P0E5F97 exists in N83 (AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)) Cause The message/indicator status appears when the vehicle is parked outside, under direct sunlight or in higher temperature regions. Remedy Not an error. Vehicle charging continues and does not abort. Charging power might be reduced temporarily until the temperature comes within threshold. Do not replace any components. Please inform the customer: Park the vehicle in the shade during charging where the outside temperature is lower.

11000534

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 22-24 C-Class, EQE, EQS,...

Read full bulletin

GLC, S-Class, SL (206, 294, 295, 296, 297, 254, 223, 232 platform) vehicles, the communication module software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA software update that includes product improvements. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

10253714

The update of the RAMSES 1.1 module to the SW version E139.4 results in a fault in the vtime of the module and therefore...

Read full bulletin

to the following possible connection problems: Remote status: The time stamp of the last update that is displayed on the side of the sheet with the vehicle status contains the wrong information. Geofence: Geofence notifications are not sent if vtime is invalid. Programming of charging settings: The update timestamp on the side of the sheet with the loading settings features an incorrect timestamp. The timestamp for the end of the charging process would contain the wrong information. The status and end of the charging process are not displayed. The function itself is not affected; only the timestamps are incorrect. Pre-entry climate control: The time stamp of the last update that is displayed on the side of the sheet with the vehicle status contains the wrong information. The next departure time would be affected. The function itself is not affected; only the timestamps are incorrect. NOTE: The functionality of the eCall system is not affected. RAMSES 1.1 software E139.4. Perform a SW update of the RAMSES 1.1 module to the latest E139.5 software.

10252777

Tailgate opens unintentionally.

Read full bulletin

Accidental or unnoticed activation of the button to open the tailgate on the vehicle key. E.g. when stored in trouser pocket, handbag etc. Remedy As of the 6th generation, the vehicle key can be recoded so that the tailgate no longer opens as a result of a long press on the button, but by double-clicking on the button instead. The recoding can be carried out as follows: 1. Add AO code O19 in VeDoc (O as in the letter "O" for Oscar, not the number "0"/zero) 2. EZS N73: Perform SCN coding 3. Deactivate the vehicle key (a successful deactivation is indicated by the LED lighting up 2x briefly and then 1x for a long period). 4. Place the vehicle key on the key symbol in the storage compartment and then switch on the ignition. All other vehicle keys must be outside of the vehicle when doing this! Perform steps 3 and 4 successively for all vehicle keys. Notes: 6th, 7th and 8th generation keys can be deactivated as follows: Up to modification year 22/1, by double-clicking on the locking button

10251347

Change in the login procedure for the payment service in the integrated toll system.

Read full bulletin

The change will become active on 3/1/2024. Updated login procedure to simplify activation of services To activate the toll system control unit, a service activation must be implemented by the customer for the payment method (credit card information) to be transmitted to the service provider and their terms and conditions to be accepted. Previously, the activation process took place via the Toll Service app in the head unit. In future, the service activation will instead take place via the website of the Payviam service provider. (Figure 1) For a duration, the Toll Service app will provide a link to the service activation page via URL text and via QR code: (Figure 2) URL: https://www.payviam.com/MB QR code: see attachment Additional information: - Between 24 - 48 hours after the registration of the service, the service will be operational and the system will be able to be used. - UI operation in the vehicle settings: -UID serial number is the number that is required for the activation of the service (Figure 3) -Number of passengers - is determined automatically: In California, the toll amounts depend on the number of passengers. If this option is activated, this is automatically taken into account by the system by means of belt and weight sensors.

10251181

Complaint Updating the RAMSES 1.1 module to the latest SW-version E139.4 will lead to an error in the modules vtime and...

Read full bulletin

therefore the following possible connectivity issues: Remote Status: The last updated timestamp shown in vehicle status leaf page will have the wrong information. Geofence: Geofence notifications will not be sent when vtime is invalid. Programming of Charge Settings: Updated timestamp in charge settings leaf page will have wrong timestamp. End of charging timestamp would have the wrong information. Status and end of charging are not displayed. Function itself is not affected, only the timestamps are wrong. Pre Entry Climate Control: The last updated timestamp shown in vehicle status leaf page will have the wrong information. Next departure time would be impacted. Function itself is not affected, only the timestamps are wrong. Software-Bug in RAMSES 1.1 Software E139.4. A fix for this issue will be implemented in the next coming RAMSES 1.1 SW E139.5 early 2024.

10251176

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY20-23 A-Class,...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, CLA, CLS, E-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, AMG GT, S-Class (177, 205, 118, 257, 213, 238, 247, 253, 167, 290, 217, 222 platform) vehicles, the communication module system software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update to improve the system stability and allow for better accessibility of Mercedes me services. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. All customers have been mailed a letter informing them of this OTA software update.

10249740

Dear Mercedes-Benz Owner: On behalf of Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC (MBUSA), thank you for being a part of the Mercedes-Benz family.

Read full bulletin

We hope that youre enjoying your vehicle. Here at MBUSA, we are committed to delivering an exceptional ownership experience. In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance and quality of your vehicle, we are writing to inform you about an Over-the-Air (OTA) Service Campaign to update the Communication Module software on certain Model Year 2020-2023 A-Class, C-Class, CLA, CLS, E-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, AMG GT, and S-Class vehicles. This update will improve the system stability and allow for better accessibility of Mercedes me services. This OTA update will be provided free of charge and will be performed in the background. No action is needed on your behalf. Your vehicle does not appear to have an active Mercedes me connect subscription. In this case, the OTA update will be performed unless you choose to opt-out from receiving this OTA update. What will your Dealer do? NO DEALER ACTION IS NECESSARY for this OTA update. You do not need to visit a Mercedes-Benz dealer. Opting-out of this OTA Update: Customers who are not subscribed to the Mercedes me connect service may opt-out of this OTA update by emailing or by calling 1-800-FOR-MERCEDES. The opt-out period will start on January 5, 2024 and end on February 4, 2024. If you choose to opt-out, the described update will not be available for your vehicle as an additional workshop measure. No action is necessary for Opting-In. Once the opt-out period has closed on February 4, 2024, this OTA will be automatically downloaded and installed. Thank you for allowing us to continue taking care of your vehicle.

10249539

No audio is output either in radio mode, or with media playback via app, Bluetooth or USB.

Read full bulletin

In such cases, "Playback not active" is shown in the display. Mute line between communication module N112/2 and sound control unit N40/3. Check mute cable (violet) between control units for communication module N112/2 and sound N40/3, including plug contacts, and repair or replace as necessary. If the plug contact is deformed, it is imperative that its counterpart at the control unit is also checked.

10249495

Noises in the steering column area when steering.

Read full bulletin

Under analysis. Check which area of the steering column the noises occur in. Do the noises tend to occur at the bottom in the driver footwell or do they tend to occur in the area of the steering column switch module (MRSM/SCCM)? If the noises occur in the area of the MRSM/SCCM, work through the following points: - Loosen screws of the MRSM/SCCM and steering wheel, re-align the MRSM/SCCM, and re-fasten the screws (see WIS). Sometimes there is stress at the MRSM/SCCM and noises occur. - If noises continue to occur, swap the MRSM/SCCM into a vehicle without any (noise) complaints. - If the noises occur with the MRSM/SCCM complained about when it is in the vehicle without a complaint (donor vehicle), the MRSM/SCCM can be replaced. - If noises also occur in the customer vehicle with the MRSM/SCCM from the reference vehicle, the MRSM/SCCM is not the cause and must not be replaced. Notes: - When installing the MRSM/SCCM, make sure that no damage occurs! - Only disassemble and mount all component parts in the "straight-ahead position" (see also WIS). - Please refer to this LI in the "Notes" section of the warranty claim!

10249482

The steering wheel generates grinding noises between the steering wheel and steering column switch module during ...

Read full bulletin

steering maneuvers See example file in the attachments area: Lenkrad-Schleifgerusch_SteeringWheel-GrindingNoises.mp4 The plastic cover on the back of the steering wheel is not positioned correctly and may therefore rub against the steering column switch module Please use the following noise files for the damaged part analysis: 1. Grinding noise | pot. cause: steering wheel | see attachment: Lenkrad-Schleifgerusch_SteeringWheel-GrindingNoises. mp4 2. Creaking/cracking noise | pot. cause: steering column switch module | see attachment: MRSM-Schleifgerusch_ SCCM-GrindingNoises.MOV If the noise is due to the steering column switch module, please use LI46.10-P-077314. Check for grinding areas on the steering wheel: Please check the covers on the rear for protrusion and, if necessary, remount. 1. Mask off openings on back of steering wheel with adhesive tape 1. Mark the back of the steering wheel with colored chalk (see Picture 1) 2. Mount steering wheel on steering column switch module and turn the steering wheel from left lock to right lock ten times. 3. The chalk will now have disappeared in the areas where there is rubbing (see Picture 2) Warning: Ensure that no cables and visible areas of the steering wheel are damaged. The abrasive excess material on the back of the steering wheel must be carefully removed with a Dremel tool. Tip: You will need to remove approx. 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm of material (example: Picture 3) Make sure that none of the ground-off material gets into the steering wheel. After removing the material, clean the entire back of the steering wheel with a 1% soap solution.

10248195

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY19-23 A-Class,...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, CLA, CLS, E-Class, EQB, G-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, AMG GT, S-Class (177, 205, 118, 257, 213, 238, 243, 463, 247, 253, 167, 290, 217, 222 platform) vehicles, the communication module system software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The communication module will receive an OTA update to improve the system stability and allow for better accessibility of Mercedes me services. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

10244776

Mercedes me connect services inoperative (me-Call, Remote Status, etc.).

Read full bulletin

Mercedes me services - activation not possible. Notes: - In the quick test, no fault code and no event code is stored in the RAMSES control unit (N112/2). The SIM card may be defective. A defective SIM card can be identified as follows: With XENTRY Diagnosis, open the "ACTUAL values" menu of the RAMSES control unit and read out the values for "EUICC, ICCID, IMEI, IMSI". ACTUAL values in the event of a defect: 1. EUICC:null 2. ICCID: null 3. IMEI: null 4. IMSI: null If all the values for "EUICC, ICCID, IMEI, IMSI" = null, then it is highly likely that the SIM card inside the RAMSES control unit is defective. Recommissioning the RAMSES control unit may rectify the problem. If the problem is still present after the recommissioning, then the RAMSES control unit must be replaced. In this case, please create a TIPS case and forward it to HQ. The part is required for analysis. Information on the return delivery of the module will be communicated via TIPS case.

10244748

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-23 C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

EQS, S-Class, SL, EQE, GLC (206, 296, 297, 223, 232, 294, 295, 254 platform) vehicles, the head unit software will be updated remotely to MBUX 2.4. With this update, customers will benefit from many new functions and features, such as video streaming (note that the Entertainment Package Plus is required for streaming and can be purchased from the Mercedes me Store by the end of 2023), Dolby Atmos, MBUX Voice Assistant (NewsFlash & Tourguide), a personal decorative image on the front passenger display, and more. Please see NCU issued on September 5th, 2023 from Product Management and Digital House team Additional New Connected Features Coming Soon. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge without an additional workshop visit via the data link of the communication module. No customer letter will be mailed for this software update.

10241527

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2018-2023...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, EQE, EQE SUV, EQS, EQS SUV, GLC, GLE and S-Class (206, 295, 294, 297, 296, 254, 167 and 223 platform) vehicles, the communication module software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The update is free of charge and will be carried out in the background. The installation will eliminate software errors for a better entertainment experience. The update will show after the ignition has been cycled. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. A workshop visit for the customer is not required since remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle. The OTA may be validated as successful on the customers Mercedes Me connect app under Over-the-Air Vehicle Updates as Update for the communication module. If the OTA is successful it will show a green installed and date of installation in the Over-the-Air update section.

10233785

Complaint After the charging process is complete, the IC message with charging error appears and the FC P0CFE00 is...

Read full bulletin

stored in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. The fault message and the fault memory entry can also appear during time-delayed charging at the start of the pause in charging. Both only occur in combination with active pre-entry climate control. Cause Software in the "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)" control unit. Remedy Perform SCN coding in control unit "N83 - AC charger for high-voltage battery (SG-LG)".

Engine

93 bulletins
11038187

Complaint Customer complaints relating to automatic transmission 725.0 (NAG3 Classic /9GTRONIC automatic transmission)...

Read full bulletin

and 725.1 (NAG3 facelift/9GTRONIC automatic transmission facelift) For faster, more effective and more targeted diagnosis, Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) has been developed and integrated into XENTRY Diagnosis. This ensures an automated diagnosis process. Cause As part of the ongoing quality monitoring process and associated quality and damaged part appraisals, a high number of ineffective repairs have been discovered. Such ineffective repairs have a negative impact on all those involved. For the customer, it means high costs and long repair times and for the dealer, it may result in the warranty claim being rejected. Remedy General note: IPR is available for: NAG3 Classic (automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 Classic AMG sport model (AMG 43 and AMG 53 with converter, automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 Classic Hybrid (automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 Classic AMG 63 (automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 MOPF ISG2 (automatic transmission 725.1) NAG3 MOPF Hybrid (automatic transmission 725.1) NAG3 MOPF AMG sport model (AMG 53/AMG 53e with ISG48V2 & converter /hybrid, automatic transmission 725.1) NAG3 MOPF AMG 43/63 with engine 139/177 (automatic transmission 725.1) Steps for the Service Advisor: Important: The more information and detail that can be given to the workshop about the complaint, then the more effective the subsequent diagnosis with IPR can be. To this end, a detailed service reception questionnaire has been provided to help the Service Advisor ask the right questions about the complaint. Ask precise details about the customer complaint and the conditions and context. Fill out the service reception questionnaire (please see WIS document: OF27.00P300005A) for customer complaints in detail and forward it to the workshop. Operation steps for the workshop employee: 1. Perform quick test 2. Access the transmission control unit via XENTRY Diagnosis 3. Select "A customer complaint has been received" and carry out all subsequent operation steps (IPR diagnosis path). 4. The IPR repair instructions are displayed, Carry out the IPR repair instructions without performing any further diagnostic or repair steps. Important: The IPR repair instructions are binding and must be carried out. Differing repairs are possible; such repairs must be documented in XENTRY in free text. Please observe the information regarding the IPR diagnosis process in XENTRY. Conventional diagnosis and subsequent appropriate repairs are only permitted if IPR does not specify any repair instructions. Invoicing for the guided IPR steps: Operation item 270640 and 0.1 hours Notice regarding warranty: The use of IPR in association with warranty claims is mandatory! If the IPR repair instructions are disregarded without justification, the warranty claims may be rejected and/or are subject to debit. IPR will provide a measure to repair the vehicle based on various data sources (EEPROM, fault codes, etc). Please consider the vehicle maintenance record of the vehicle. For warranty and goodwill repairs, the transmission ECU test log and/or IPR test result must be uploaded into Paperless XENTRY Diagnosis (pXD) . If repair is being determined based of oil pan condition pictures of oil pan MUST be provided to warranty as justification. Tamperproof documentation: The IPR repair instructions are stored in the control unit log. Please file this document in a tamperproof manner either in digital form or as a hardcopy printout and also enclose a printout with the damaged part. In this regard, please comply with the countryspecific warranty requirements of the MPC/general distributor.

11037987

Complaint Only vehicles with a variable transfer case are affected.

Read full bulletin

This can be identified through control unit N45 or N15/7 in the quick test. When accelerating with light load, vibrations or jolting sensation may come from the drivetrain. It may be mistaken for a harsh shift. Cause Modified oil quality of the transfer case over time Remedy 1. Check initial quick test for faults in the following control units. N45 or N15/7 Allwheel drive (ARS) N127 'Drivetrain' (PTCU) control unit Y3/8 Transmission control for 9gear transmission (VGS) N3/10 Engine electronics for combustion engine If faults are present: Process them as per the guided test in Xentry. If no faults are present: 2. Check the transmission oil level If the oil level is correct: 3. Unplug the connector for the transfer cases control unit and reassess the vehicle on a subsequent test drive If the complaint no longer occurs with the control unit disconnected: 4. Perform an oil change of the transfer case according to WIS specifications Collect an oil sample of the original fluid 5. Complete all transfer case Techin processes located under VG Control Unit > Adaptations Resetting the oil service data Calibration of N15/7 5. Perform road test of vehicle to bring transmission to operating temperature (>60C ) 6. Operate vehicle in full circle with steering at full lock 5x to the left 5x to the right Return the vehicle to the client and request they drive the vehicle for at least 200 miles and return if the concern is not resolved. The extended drive will ensure the clutches are properly conditioned with the new oil and should resolve the concern. If this LI has already been applied to the vehicle, please submit a TIPS case to the Powertrain inbox with the following information: Initial quick test with fault freeze frame data Initial transmission EEPROM data VGS and Transfer Case Control Unit Log (N45 or N15/7) Special Acquisition Data .txt file (Transfer Case Control Unit > Special Procedures > Procedures for support queries to market support > Special Data Acquisition) Photo of the original oil condition What color was the fluid drained from the transfer case before the oil change? Was an oil sample collected, and can you provide a photo of the original fluid? What color and part number fluid was used during the oil change? How far was the vehicle driven after?

11037834

Complaint Whining / humming noises (described as foghornlike) from the drivetrain in the rear axle area during cornering.

Read full bulletin

(figure 1) On the abovementioned vehicles with a mileage up to 15,000 km (about 9,300 mi), noises can occur from the rear axle differential. Cause Drivetrain resonance caused by the gear mesh of the ring and pinion in the rear axle differential in combination with installed damper elements on the axle shafts. Remedy For precise noise analysis and localization, use the chassis ear/NVH kit and the following driving procedure: 1. Drive the vehicle in a tight circle with the steering at full lock in both clockwise and counter clockwise directions. Vary engine load during the maneuvers If a foghornlike noise occurs comparable to the reference video, the vehicle exhibits the condition If the noise is present: 1. Add 15 ml of additive (Friction Modifier) into the rear axle differential via the filler plug IMPORTANT NOTE: Do NOT use Friction Modifier in vehicles equipped with an electronically controlled locking differential (Code 467). 2. Tighten the filler plug 3. Drive the vehicle until the rear axle differential reaches operating temperature Note: Proper activation of the additive requires elevated oil temperatures After the test drive to operating temperature, evaluate the noise when the rear axle is cold and when warm. If the noise is no longer present: The issue is resolved and the vehicle can be released. If there is noticeable improvement: The vehicle can be released with the explanation that the noise will gradually disappear over an extended driving distance. If the noise is still present and remains unchanged: Replace the rear axle differential.

11037616

Complaint Customer complaints relating to automatic transmission 725.0 (NAG3 Classic / 9GTRONIC automatic transmission)...

Read full bulletin

and 725.1 (NAG3 facelift/9GTRONIC automatic transmission facelift) For faster, more effective and more targeted diagnosis, Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) has been developed and integrated into XENTRY Diagnosis. This ensures an automated diagnosis process. Cause As part of the ongoing quality monitoring process and associated quality and damaged part appraisals, a high number of ineffective repairs have been discovered. Such ineffective repairs have a negative impact on all those involved. For the customer, it means high costs and long repair times and for the dealer, it may result in the warranty claim being rejected. Remedy General note: IPR is available for: NAG3 Classic (automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 AMG sports models (AMG 43 and AMG 53 with converter) NAG3 AMG 63 NAG3 Hybrid NAG3 Facelift (automatic transmission 725.1) NAG3 facelift (725.1) with engine 139/177 (AMG 43/63) Steps for the Service Advisor: Important: The more information and detail that can be given to the workshop about the complaint, then the more effective the subsequent diagnosis with IPR can be. To this end, a detailed service reception questionnaire has been provided to help the Service Advisor ask the right questions about the complaint. Ask precise details about the customer complaint and the conditions and context. Fill out the service reception questionnaire (please see WIS document: OF27. 00P300005A) for customer complaints in detail and forward it to the workshop. Operation steps for the workshop employee: Perform quick test Access the transmission control unit via XENTRY Diagnosis Select "A customer complaint has been received" and carry out all subsequent operation steps (IPR diagnosis path). The IPR repair instructions are displayed. Carry out the IPR repair instructions without performing any further diagnostic or repair steps. Important: The IPR repair instructions are binding and must be carried out. Differing repairs are possible; such repairs must be documented in XENTRY in free text. Please observe the information regarding the IPR diagnosis process in XENTRY. Conventional diagnosis and subsequent appropriate repairs are only permitted if IPR does not specify any repair instructions. Invoicing for the guided IPR steps: Operation item 270640 and 0.1 hours !!!!! Notice regarding warranty: !!!!! The use of IPR in association with warranty claims is mandatory! If the IPR repair instructions are disregarded without justification, the warranty claims may be rejected and/or are subject to debit. IPR will provide a measure to repair the vehicle based on various data sources (EEPROM, fault codes, etc). Please consider the vehicle maintenance record of the vehicle. For warranty and goodwill repairs, the transmission ECU test log and/or IPR test result must be uploaded into Paperless XENTRY Diagnosis (pXD) . If repair is being determined based of oil pan condition pictures of oil pan MUST be provided to warranty as justification. Tamperproof documentation: The IPR repair instructions are stored in the control unit log. Please file this document in a tamperproof manner either in digital form or as a hardcopy printout and also enclose a printout with the damaged part. In this regard, please comply with the countryspecific warranty requirements of the MPC/general distributor.

11036999

Dear Mercedes-Benz Owner: In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance of Mercedes-Benz products and to...

Read full bulletin

enhance the satisfaction of our customers, Mercedes-Benz USA is extending the warranty coverage for the Diagnostic Module for Tank Leakage Detection ("DMTL") on your vehicle from the original New Vehicle Limited Warranty of 4 years / 50,000 miles to 15 years/150,000 miles (whichever occurs first). This applies to the vehicle regardless of ownership. Why the Warranty extension? On certain Model Year 2018 - 2024 A / C / CLA / CLS / E / G / GLA / GLB / GLC / GLE / GLS / GT / S / SL Mercedes-Benz vehicles, under certain circumstances, the DMTL may trigger erroneous Diagnostic Trouble Code ("DTC") entries that may result in the illumination of the Check Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp ("MIL"). Any repairs under this warranty extension must be performed by an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealership. If your preferred authorized Mercedes-Benz dealership performs a diagnosis and confirms that your vehicle has the issue, the repair will be covered under this extended warranty and performed at no cost to you. This extended warranty does not apply to any other components or conditions beyond the ones mentioned above, and standard warranty terms apply, including the exclusions with respect to extra expenses, as identified in the Service and Warranty Information booklet.

11036516

Complaint Harsh 12, 23, and/or 34 shift Jerky shifting Jolting when accelerating from stop Cause Insufficient...

Read full bulletin

software application causing elevated K81/K27/B05 fill time adaptations and elevated torque adaptations for concerning shift. Note: Shift quality in E Performance models can be affected if the HV Battery state of charge (SOC) reaches 25% or below. Remedy Check VGS software level, and follow relevant remedy instructions. (see attachment) AMG 43 models with VGS software levels up to 22A: As of 4/18/2025, an aftersales software improvement has been released. This software has been implemented in production as of model year 2024, however this LI should still be followed if the concern is present. 232 A0009025699 206 A0009025599 Please ensure your Xentry machine is up to date with the latest Add Ons and continue with the following steps: Note: ALL steps must be performed to rectify concern 1. Perform software update all control units included in VGS software update. 2. Check transmission oil level and correct, if necessary (transmission oil temperature > 60 C) 3. Perform Xentry Valve Flushing procedure at least 3x 4. Perform resetting of deceleration values (VGS > Special Procedures > Special procedure > Resetting learned values Deceleration mode) 5. Perform a standstill adaptation, then read out new EEPROM data 6. Perform driving adaptation(s) while adhering to the below parameters for at least 2030 miles. Note: There is no menu in Xentry for this procedure. We recommend displaying the torque in the instrument cluster. If all below parameters are met at the time the shift, a driving adaptation will automatically occur. Harsh 12 Perform a driving adaptation of 45 (adapts K81 for the 12 shift) Harsh 23 Perform a driving adaptation of 67 (adapts B05 for the 23 shift) Harsh 34 Perform a driving adaptation of 34 (adapts K27 directly) See attached PDF for min/max torque, and RPM parameters Transmission oil temperature > 30C (>86F) Level track (no incline/decline) Slippery drive program Display the torque in the instrument cluster Constant engine torque Do not shift via paddle AMG 63 models with VGS software levels up to 22A: No aftersales software resolution is planned. Perform above steps and release the vehicle. If the vehicle returns and already had ALL steps in this LI performed on a previous visit, or has software level 23A and newer: Please submit a TIPS case to the Powertrain inbox and ensure the following is included: Initial Quick Test w/ Freeze Frame Data VGS Control Unit Log Initial EEPROM (before any adaptations or Xentry procedures were performed) Detailed vehicle history of the complaint

11036105

Complaint During cold starting, a tortoise symbol may be displayed in the event of reduced engine output.

Read full bulletin

For "non-hybrid vehicles", the thermostat symbol must be displayed. Cause Coding N133/1 IC Instrument cluster Remedy Perform N133/1 IC-Instrument-Cluster manual coding.

11036077

Complaint This document is intended as a pre-case diagnostic reference for transmission related concerns.

Read full bulletin

It will also ensure that if a case is necessary, all supporting documentation is available. This should not be used on its own as justification for creating a TIPS case. Cause The root cause will vary depending on the complaint. The goal of this document is to provide diagnostic checks and procedures that may help resolve customer complaints without opening a TIPS case. Remedy Before opening a transmission-related TIPS case, the following steps must be performed to ensure all relevant data has been collected and possible remedies (when applicable) have been performed. Please Note: At minimum, the documents below must be collected before proceeding to ensure the data in its original state when the vehicle arrived is captured. - Initial Quick Test w/ Freeze frame data - VGS Control Unit Log - Initial EEPROM data (.txt format) - IPR Result (if applicable. See LI27.00-P-073124 - Transmission diagnosis using the Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) tool) - Transmission Heath Page If the vehicle has previously been repaired for the same concern, note the date, mileage, and TIPS case or RO number, along with a brief description of the prior work performed. IPR Guidance: The IPR recommended repair should be completed prior to following any steps in this LI and prior to case creation. IPR repairs do not require additional warranty approvals or a TIPS case to validate/confirm the results. To ensure efficient case handling, please avoid opening TIPS cases for this reason. For further information regarding IPR please see the following documents: LI27.00-P-073124 - Transmission diagnosis using the Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) tool Oil Pan Condition Evaluation: In some situations, IPR will advise checking the oil pan condition and determining a repair based on the evaluation. Example photos in Xentry can be found in two ways: Use the blue hyperlink in the IPR result, and it will take you to the Condition check of transmission oil Navigate to Xentry Bluebook > Help for control unit > Condition check of transmission oil If a different repair that what is recommended by IPR is performed, attaching photo documentation of the complaint vehicle oil pan and the IPR example to the claim is required. Reproducing the Concern: Proper evaluation of transmission concerns generally requires the condition to be reproducible. It is recommended to compare the vehicle to a similar model, if available, to help determine whether the shift behavior is characteristic of the drivetrain or uncharacteristic for the vehicle. If the concern cannot be duplicated: A test drive with the customer may assist in understanding and reproducing the complaint. The vehicle shift quality should be compared to a known-good vehicle with identical drivetrain and model year. Check Shift Quality History (VGS Control Unit > Adaptations > Shift Quality History) Shift Quality History will show the last 5 noticeable harsh shifts and some of the parameters in which it occurred. You can use this to attempt recreation of the operating conditions and increase likelihood of reproducing the complaint. Complaint A: Shift Quality Note: Certain AMG variants may exhibit more firm and noticeable shift behavior as a normal characteristic. Refer to LI27.60P075147 for additional information. 1. Perform Valve flushing procedure 2. Perform 5 Torque Converter adaptions in a row - Allow the vehicle to warm up naturally, DO NOT power brake as it will increase the temperature in the torque converter. - After the 5th adaptation, collect a screen shot showing all 5 on one page 3. Perform a standstill adaption - collect a screen shot Recheck vehicle operation. If the concern has not improved, driving adaptations should be performed to target specific gear shifts.

11035490

This NCU replaces the prior NCU issued on May 15, 2025, and contains additional MY 2023 and MY 2024 vehicles which are highlighted below.

Read full bulletin

In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance of Mercedes-Benz products and to enhance the satisfaction of our customers, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC (MBUSA) is extending the warranty coverage on the Diagnostic Module for Tank Leakage detection (DMTL) in certain Model Year (MY) vehicles listed below from the original New Vehicle Limited Warranty of 4 years/50,000 miles to 10 years/120,000 miles (vehicles certified as LEV II) and 15 years/150,000 miles (vehicles certified as LEV III), whichever occurs first, for the following condition: Under certain circumstances, the DMTL may trigger erroneous Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) entries that may result in the illumination of the Check Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).

11034536

Complaint General information on the operation of the PRE-SAFE Impulse system: The PRE-SAFE Side Impulse system is a preventive, i.e.

Read full bulletin

pre-collision occupant protection system. The task of the system is to provide additional protection to vehicle occupants when there is a risk of a side impact. It is not a restraint system component in the conventional sense and does not contain an detonator. A potential side-impact situation is detected by radar sensors. If the system detects an existing likelihood of a side impact, a reversible air cushion in the outer seat side bolster is briefly inflated by opening a valve. The resulting pulse preemptively increases the distance between the door and the occupant in order to move the occupant out of the danger zone. If the system has been activated, the following message appears on the instrument cluster: PRE-SAFE Side Impulse inoperative. See Operator's Manual. Note: After system activation, diagnostic entry B1B3713 or B1B3813 is marked as active and stored in the ORC223 (N2/5) control unit. Cause After activation of the PRE-SAFE Side Impulse system, the function is no longer available. Remedy Please check the tight seating and possible damage of the radar sensors B29/11 or B29/12. Then replace the gas generator on the affected side (R12/65 or R12/66). After replacing the gas generator (R12/65 or R12/66), please perform commissioning and SCN coding of the radar sensors B29/11 or B29/12 to ensure they are up to date. Note: In principle, it is not necessary to replace the air cushion in the "PRE-SAFE Side Impulse" system, as it is designed for multiple activations (up to 10). Exception: After deployment of the sidebag (e.g., following a crash), exchange (air cushion with gas generator) of the "PRE-SAFE Impulse Side" is required in all cases.

11033168

Complaint Rattling/knocking noise from the rear axle steering is audible when driving on rough terrain or cobblestones.

Read full bulletin

Large play in the rear axle steering. Cause Diverse functional play in the rear axle steering. Remedy 1. Detach underfloor paneling under rear axle steering. 2. Unscrew both holders of the rear muffler on the exhaust system and lower the rear muffler 3. Remove heat shield. 4. Remove large clamps from left bellows. 5. Slide bellows to side. The bellows can be pulled outwards to work on the screw-on stud. 6. A second person sits in the vehicle and, with the drive activated and the automatic transmission in the N position, turns the steering to left lock. Caution! Risk of trapping when steering at the same time! Do not move steering wheel during operation steps 7 and 8! 7. Clean screw-on stud of any grease using a clean, lint-free rag. => Up to the area where the stud enters the bearing! Then completely degrease the threaded stud using a lint-free cloth soaked in a suitable assembly cleaner (e.g., A 000 986 56 01); if necessary, clean hard-to-reach areas with the assembly cleaner. => Up to the area where the stud enters the bearing! Important:The surface must be thoroughly cleaned and free of grease! 8. Then apply Hylomar (A 001 989 25 20 09) all around to the degreased screw-on stud using a new brush. => Up to the area where the stud enters the bearing! 9. Move steering wheel from end stop to end stop 1-2 times. Then, turn the steering to the left lock again. Warning! Risk of trapping when steering at the same time! 10. Then apply Hylomar again. 11. Move steering wheel from end stop to end stop 1-2 times. Then, turn the steering to the right lock. Warning! Risk of trapping when steering at the same time! 12. Bellows installation: Coat contact surfaces of bellows and rack-and-pinion steering lightly with Renolit (A094 989 38 00). When doing so, ensure that the grease is underneath the edges of the bellows. Replace large clamps (A 000 995 89 08). 13. Repeat operation steps 4 to 5 on the other side. 14. Then repeat operation steps 7 to 12 for the screw-on stud on the other side. 15. Attach heat shield. 16. Install both holders of the rear muffler again. 17. Attach underfloor paneling. 18. When relocating the vehicle on the premises, please use Snow Chain Mode through the head unit. 19. Leave the Hylomar to dry for approx. 90 minutes. Note:Deactivate Snow Chain Mode after stopping the vehicle! 20. Then perform a test drive. If applying it does not resolve the problem alone, continue with the following additional steps: 1. Align vehicle and adjust track of the front and rear axle 2. Leave vehicle on axle alignment platform or drive onto another drive-on ramp lift. Vehicle must rest entirely on its wheels without relieving the load on the axles! 3. Mark the position of the eccentric screw connection between the tie rod and the tie rod mount on the rear axle steering/fork on the left and right using a thin marker. (See example in the picture: red marking between eccentric disk B and rear axle steering tie rod mount/fork D). 4. Now loosen these threaded connections on the left and right until the screws can be twisted easily. The rubber mount relaxes. 5. Connect Xentry Diagnostics. 6. Get started in the AIRMATIC control unit (N51/8) and call up the "Lifting and lowering the rear axle" menu item. Use the "Lifting and lowering the rear axle" menu to lift the rear axle. Raise the level of the vehicle to 95 mm using the "+" button (see picture). Wheels are still on the platform. Check the gauge in Xentry Diagnostics to see when the required level has been reached. 7. In this raised position, replace the nuts of both threaded connections, but do not tighten the nuts. Then, with the threaded connection still loosened, turn the eccentric screws / disks "B" back to the mark, as in the initial situation. Then tighten the screws with the required torque. 8. Lower the rear axle to the vehicle-specific normal level with Xentry

11032878

Complaint Play/noise at height adjuster or in seat guide rail on front seats Cause Tolerances and variations in the manufacturing process Remedy 1.

Read full bulletin

Inspect Seat Height Adjuster Barcode Label (See Pic.1) Locate the barcode label on the cross tube of the seat height adjuster. In isolated cases, the barcode label may be located on the front side of the cross tube. If not visible, remove the seat cushion to access the label. 2. Evaluate Production Status If Production Status is LOWER than E108 # Replace the seat frame base with the height adjuster motor. If Production Status is E108 or HIGHER # Do NOT replace parts. Please submit a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox and attach: Video of the noise concern Photo of the barcode label To improve analysis quality, ensure the video meets the following criteria: Seat installed in the vehicle Quiet workshop environment Steady and smooth camera movement Good lighting on the suspected noise area Recording with two people (one filming, while the other is creating the noise-causing movement) Noise#causing movement must be clearly visible Camera position: From the rear footwell, looking forward at the front seat Verbal explanation included in English or German

11032051

Complaint Play/noise at height adjuster or in seat guide rail on front seats Cause Tolerances and variations in the manufacturing process Remedy 1.

Read full bulletin

Inspect Seat Height Adjuster Barcode Label (See Pic.1) Locate the barcode label on the cross tube of the seat height adjuster. In isolated cases, the barcode label may be located on the front side of the cross tube. If not visible, remove the seat cushion to access the label. 2. Evaluate Production Status If Production Status is LOWER than E108 Replace the seat frame base with the height adjuster motor. If Production Status is E108 or HIGHER Do NOT replace parts. Please submit a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox and attach: Video of the noise concern Photo of the barcode label To improve analysis quality, ensure the video meets the following criteria: Seat installed in the vehicle Quiet workshop environment Steady and smooth camera movement Good lighting on the suspected noise area Recording with two people (one filming, while the other is creating the noise-causing movement) Noisecausing movement must be clearly visible Camera position: From the rear footwell, looking forward at the front seat Verbal explanation included in English or German

11031580

Complaint Headlamp, front fog lamp leaky or fogged.

Read full bulletin

Cause Fogging of the headlamps is a natural phenomenon, which can occur under certain climatic conditions. It does not lead to any technical impairment of the headlamp. If a pressure compensation diaphragm is fitted in the housing cover, then the lamp unit is a "closed system". Remedy Headlamp: Remedy 1 Clearing fogged/condensed LED headlamps: 1. Drive vehicle into workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) and connect the exhaust extraction. Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing of fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps on electric vehicles: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). 2. Connect battery backup via a charger. 3. Open the front-end flap and ensure sufficient ventilation. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing fogged/condensed halogen/xenon headlamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch off the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Note: If there is no visible reduction in condensation, check the headlamp for malfunctions. (see Remedy 2) It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely. Fogging does not impair the operation or the service life of the headlamp. Note: Only implement Remedy 1 for model series 463 (from model year 2018) and model series 465. Remedy 2 A defective headlamp can be identified as follows: 1. Check the headlamp for external damage and that the cover caps and the diaphragm are correctly seated. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. 3. Check for leak tightness according to LI82.10-P-078307. The test can only be conducted on headlamps. 4. If the headlamp or the rear lamp has any external damage, replace the component part in accordance with the WIS instructions. Note: External damage to the headlamp/rear lamp or faulty seating of the cover caps does not present a warranty or goodwill case. Note: With headlamps, it is possible to install desiccant packs if the problem occurs repeatedly. Open ventilation system LI82.10-P-078302 Closed ventilation system LI82.10-P-078304

11031272

Complaint No heating output is available during electric driving operation.

Read full bulletin

In conventional (combustion engine) driving operation, full heating output is available. Cause Possible defect in the N33/5 water heater (high-voltage PTC booster heater) Remedy If the N33/5 water heater (PTC booster heater, high voltage) is defective, it must be replaced with the latest part number. Note: Please refer to the information in XENTRY Parts Information and the latest WIS description. For vehicles manufactured before December 2025 with a BorgWarner water heater, the coolant hoses (inlet and outlet) must also be ordered and installed. For vehicles produced after December 2025, only the N33/5 water heater (PTC booster heater high voltage) needs to be replaced. Follow instructions in XPPI C74 note for the correct parts.

11030316

Complaint No heating output is available during electric driving operation.

Read full bulletin

In conventional (combustion engine) driving operation, full heating output is available. Cause Possible defect in the N33/5 water heater (high-voltage PTC booster heater) Remedy If the N33/5 water heater (PTC booster heater, high voltage) is defective, it must be replaced with the latest part number. Note: Please refer to the information in XENTRY Parts Information and the latest WIS description. For vehicles manufactured before December 2025 with a BorgWarner water heater, the coolant hoses (inlet and outlet) must also be ordered and installed. For vehicles produced after December 2025, only the N33/5 water heater (PTC booster heater high voltage) needs to be replaced.

11030302

Complaint -Check engine light illuminated.

Read full bulletin

-Engine runs rough. -Poor shifting or jerking when accelerating. -Fault codes stored related to mixture formation, injector quantity adjustment, or misfire. Note: One or more of the above symptoms can occur. It is possible that no fault codes are stored. Cause Leaking valve seat in cylinder head. Remedy -Perform cylinder leakage check as noted in WIS group 01.00. If excessive leakage is found determine if leak is from intake or exhaust valves. -If leakage is found from intake or exhaust valves, remove cylinder head and inspect valve seats. -The complete cylinder head must be replaced if valve seat damage is found. The valve seats can not be reworked. -Engine oil and filter should be changed after the repair. Workshop notes cylinder head repair: 1. The intake rocker arm roller is narrower than the exhaust and they must not be interchanged. Mark the rocker arms so they are reinstalled in their original location. 2. Inspect all parts that are being reused (i.e. camshafts, rocker arms) for signs of wear or damage. See WIS doc AH05.20-P-1000-09SZ for examples of normal and abnormal wear. Replace parts with new if damage or wear is found. 3. Check that all rocker arms are correctly located on the camshaft before installing cylinder head cover. Rotate engine at least 2 times and check that there are no problems with rocker arms. 4. The timing chain tensioner can be reused if it extends fully, has no noticeable problems in prior operation, and no chain drive components were replaced. 5. Care must be taken when removing fuel injectors to prevent damage. See WIS doc AR07.03-P-0004-03MM. 6. Cleanliness must be observed during repair to prevent subsequent complaint or engine damage: When cleaning engine block surface, ensure oil ports are sealed to prevent debris from entering oil circuit. Refer to SI01.40-P-0010A. No abrasive materials, sharp-edged tools, or unapproved cleaners should be used on engine block surface. Refer to AR01.00-P-0050-01A. Any debris from cleaning that has entered the cooling jacket should be removed before assembly of engine. The debris can otherwise cause blockage in the cooling circuit leading to engine overheating. If any of the parts listed below are found damaged or in need of replacement during cylinder head valveseat diagnosis or repair, and the vehicle has warranty coverage, they must be claimed on a separate partsonly line. These items are not covered under the cylinder head warranty extension and cannot be included with the claim. Camshafts Camshaft adjustment solenoids Camshaft positioners Fuel injectors Hydraulic valve play compensating elements Roller rocker arms Spark plugs Timing chain Timing chain guide rails

11029959

Complaint Headlamp, front fog lamp leaky or fogged Cause Fogging of the headlamps is a natural phenomenon, which can...

Read full bulletin

occur under certain climatic conditions. It does not lead to any technical impairment of the headlamp. If a pressure compensation diaphragm is fitted in the housing cover, then the lamp unit is a "closed system". Remedy Headlamp: Remedy 1 Clearing fogged/condensed LED headlamps: 1. Drive vehicle into workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) and connect the exhaust extraction. Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing of fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps on electric vehicles: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). 2. Connect battery backup via a charger. 3. Open the front-end flap and ensure sufficient ventilation. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing fogged/condensed halogen/xenon headlamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch off the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Note: If there is no visible reduction in condensation, check the headlamp for malfunctions. (see Remedy 2) It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely. Fogging does not impair the operation or the service life of the headlamp. Note: Only implement Remedy 1 for model series 463 (from model year 2018) and model series 465. Remedy 2 A defective headlamp can be identified as follows: 1. Check the headlamp for external damage and that the cover caps and the diaphragm are correctly seated. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. 3. Check for leak tightness according to LI82.10-P-078307. The test can only be conducted on headlamps. 4. If the headlamp or the rear lamp has any external damage, replace the component part in accordance with the WIS instructions. Note: External damage to the headlamp/rear lamp or faulty seating of the cover caps does not present a warranty or goodwill case. Note: With headlamps, it is possible to install desiccant packs if the problem occurs repeatedly. Open ventilation system LI82.10-P-078302 Closed ventilation system LI82.10-P-078304

11029927

Complaint Yellow information message in driver display (instrument cluster): "Switch on motor to charge the 12V battery"...

Read full bulletin

Cause The state of charge (SOC) of the 12V battery has dropped to 45% or less. Remedy This warning message appears as soon as the state of charge (SOC) of the 12V primary battery drops below 45%. This message is displayed to safeguard the vehicle's starting ability. At the same time as the display appears in the instrument cluster, customers with a linked Mercedes me connect account also receive a push notification via the app/by email (if this function is activated). The battery must be charged to a state of charge (SOC) of at least 50%. To do this, an external charger can be connected (please comply with AR54.10-P-1133S) or the vehicle can be driven (by the customer) for 30 to 60 minutes. Please make customers aware of how the vehicle behaves: If the vehicle is used for short journeys, the battery state of charge may slowly drop to less than 45% a negative charge balance A negative charge balance will also occur if the vehicle is used while stationary without running the engine, e.g. if the head unit is used, the ignition is switched on, or other comfort & convenience power consumers, e.g. seat heating/seat ventilation, are active. An unlocked vehicle may increase consumption, because certain vehicle functions are actively kept ready for the customer. In combination with Keyless-Go or flush-mounted door handles, the vehicle may be woken up if the vehicle key is detected in the vicinity of the vehicle. The cause of the discharge can be identified with the aid of the onboard electrical system data in the EZS using XENTRY Diagnosis. See attached examples for identifying typical customer situations (e.g. operation with ignition on, operation of head unit while stationary or vehicle unlocked while parked). Vehicles with code B01+801: When charging while stationary, the 48V battery must have a state of charge (SOC) of 70% before the 12V primary battery, or the secondary battery in the case of code 503, can be charged. To ensure optimum battery care, please also comply with the existing Service Information documents regarding the handling of stock vehicles (SI54.10-P-0024A) and on remaining in transport mode (SI54.00-P-0004A) until immediately before handover to end customers. Special note: Do not replace any parts, if the message has occurred due to battery discharge as a result of the driving profile or the ignition being switched on (see attached examples); in such cases separate warranty and goodwill invoicing is not possible, as this is a normal on-board electrical system protection function. Likewise battery care and recharging do not qualify as a W&G case. Please advise customers accordingly regarding the above-mentioned issues relating to vehicle use.

11029916

Complaint Engine vibrations perceived at low rpm.

Read full bulletin

Fault codes for the camshaft position of the intake camshaft (P001100, P001104, P001200) or exhaust camshaft (P001400, P001404, P001500) may be stored. Cause Continuously fluctuating oil pressure in the central valve may lead to damage to the filter screen on the central valve. This can result in damage to the filter screen or the filter screen breaking loose. The resulting loss of oil pressure prevents proper adjustment of the camshaft adjuster. If the filter screen breaks loose, parts of it may settle in the camshaft adjuster or in the camshaft. If there are parts in the camshaft, they can pass through the oil supply bore to the last camshaft bearing (i.e., the first camshaft bearing behind the adjuster) which could cause damage there. Remedy 1. In cases in which only the screen of the central valve is damaged and no metal particles are found in the oil filter, the following parts must be replaced: - Always both central valves - The camshaft adjuster of the damaged central valve 2. In cases where the sieve is completely/partially missing and metal particles are found in the oil filter, the camshaft bearings must be checked. If any damage is visible there, proceed as follows: - Both central valves - The camshaft adjuster of the damaged central valve - The camshaft bearing housing (camshafts are already included here) - Oil change with oil filter

11029134

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has decided that on certain model year 2023 C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

G-Class and SL vehicles, the engine control unit software may not meet current specifications. Our records indicate that your vehicle is included in the affected population. What is the issue? The diagnosis routine for monitoring the engines air-fuel ratio might not be activated as intended and a malfunction in the oxygen sensor could be erroneously detected causing the check engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) to illuminate. What will your Mercedes-Benz Dealership do? An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software. This vehicle repair will be provided at no cost to you. While the repair time can be less than one hour, your dealer can provide you with a better estimate of the overall time for this visit. As a matter of normal service process, the authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will also check for other repair measures that might be applicable to your vehicle, which may increase the required working time. You will not be charged for other services or repairs unless so requested. Steps to take. If you have not already had your vehicle repaired for this recall, find your nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer at www.mbusa.com/recall to schedule your recall repair. Please mention you are scheduling an appointment for Mercedes-Benz recall 2025040001 (CA DMV # 250401). You may be asked for your VIN, which for your convenience is located at the top of this letter.

11029025

Complaint Headlamp, front fog lamp leaky or fogged Cause Fogging of the headlamps is a natural phenomenon, which can...

Read full bulletin

occur under certain climatic conditions. It does not lead to any technical impairment of the headlamp. If a pressure compensation diaphragm is fitted in the housing cover, then the lamp unit is a "closed system". Remedy Headlamp: Remedy 1 Clearing fogged/condensed LED headlamps: 1. Drive vehicle into workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) and connect the exhaust extraction. Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing of fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps on electric vehicles: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). 2. Connect battery backup via a charger. 3. Open the front-end flap and ensure sufficient ventilation. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing fogged/condensed halogen/xenon headlamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch off the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Note: If there is no visible reduction in condensation, check the headlamp for malfunctions. (see Remedy 2) It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely. Fogging does not impair the operation or the service life of the headlamp. Remedy 2 A defective headlamp can be identified as follows: 1. Check the headlamp for external damage and that the cover caps and the diaphragm are correctly seated. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. 3. Check for leak tightness according to LI82.10-P-078307. The test can only be conducted on headlamps. 4. If the headlamp or the rear lamp has any external damage, replace the component part in accordance with the WIS instructions. Note: External damage to the headlamp/rear lamp or faulty seating of the cover caps does not present a warranty or goodwill case. Note: With headlamps, it is possible to install desiccant packs if the problem occurs repeatedly. Open ventilation system LI82.10-P-078302 Closed ventilation system LI82.10-P-078304

11028907

Complaint The check engine light illuminates or the 48 V message is displayed in the instrument cluster Cause Fault code...

Read full bulletin

"P0A7F00" stored in the 48 V battery G1/3 and/or is current. Remedy 1. Check the SOHc of A66 48V battery. (For SOHr, see LI54.10-P-080199) 2. Carry out SOHc reset routine: - Switch on ignition - Read actual value 209 in XENTRY Diagnostics at G1/3 (48 V battery) "State of Health Capacity-SOHC" Valid for OBD markets -- If the value is > 80%, no restoration process required -- If the value is < 81%, continue with the following steps - Discharge Powerpack in vehicle - At SOC < 25%: Stop discharge and bring vehicle to sleep - >1.5h after vehicle sleep: Start engine and charge Powerpack to SOC >65% - At SOC > 65%: Stop operation and bring vehicle to sleep - >1.5h after vehicle sleep: Turn ignition on - Read Diagnostic Service C0C3 (State of Health Capacity - SOHC): if - Capacity > 74%: You can clear fault memory. Procedure finished. - Capacity < 74%: Repeat step 7 again. If after 2 repetitions value is still too high: Read diagnostic service FEE0 - FEE7 (Battery Analysis Protocol Part 1-8) and replace 48V Powerpack.Perform capacity restoration procedure: Valid for OBD markets - SOH > 82%: Process is complete and clear fault memory - SOH < 83%: Repeat the steps once more. If the value is still too low after 5 repetitions: Cancel healing process and provide feedback in TIPS case to the HV/LV team inbox labeled "SOHc cannot be reset"

11028834

Complaint Check engine light on with the following fault is current in the VGS Control Unit: P084300 Oil pressure sensor...

Read full bulletin

'A' has a short circuit to positive stored in VGS control unit. Cause Electrical failure of oil pressure sensor integrated into VGS Control Unit Remedy Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) recognizes this fault pattern and will provide the necessary repair suggestion. 1. Perform IPR and follow the recommended procedures 2. Replace complete EHS valve body, fill to near max fluid level, & complete initial start-up - Ensure all oil guide pipes are installed in the new valve body to prevent a new concern after replacement.

11028827

Complaint Engine vibrations perceived at low rpm.

Read full bulletin

Fault codes for the camshaft position of the intake camshaft (P001100, P001104, P001200) or exhaust camshaft (P001400, P001404, P001500) may be stored. Cause Continuously fluctuating oil pressure in the central valve may lead to damage to the filter screen on the central valve. This can result in damage to the filter screen or the filter screen breaking loose. The resulting loss of oil pressure prevents proper adjustment of the camshaft adjuster. If the filter screen breaks loose, parts of it may settle in the camshaft adjuster or in the camshaft. If there are parts in the camshaft, they can pass through the oil supply bore to the last camshaft bearing (i.e., the first camshaft bearing behind the adjuster) and cause damage there. Remedy 1. In cases in which only the screen of the central valve is damaged and no metal particles are found in the oil filter, the following parts must be replaced: - Always both central valves - The camshaft adjuster of the damaged central valve 2. In cases where the screen is completely missing and metal particles are found in the oil filter, the camshaft bearings must be checked. If any damage is visible there, proceed as follows: - Both central valves - The camshaft adjuster of the damaged central valve - The camshaft bearing housing (camshafts are already included here) - Oil change with oil filter

11028813

Complaint The vehicle cannot disengage P (Park), and a red warning message appears in the instrument cluster.

Read full bulletin

Cause Only vehicles with transmission NAG3C 725.0 and engine M264 with transmission software version 19A/B are affected. (see attachments for how to verify software level) Excessive pressure in the disengaging clutch during monitoring of the parking lock (see attachments for diagram). Various parking lock monitoring errors and R/D monitoring errors occur, only with engine M264 and software versions 19A and 19B. Remedy Perform IPR and check for available VGS control unit software (see parts list for part numbers). If no software is available, AND vehicle has the latest software: 1. Perform special procedure "Resetting of adaptation values 'Park Pawl'" Only perform this special procedure if there is NO available software for the VGS control unit. If software is available: 1. Update the control unit, clear faults, then reevaluate the concern.

11028807

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

engine control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. As a consequence, the functionality of the post-catalyst oxygen sensor may be impaired due to increased thermal loading. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software.

11028648

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

engine control software might not meet current specifications. As a result, the diagnosis routine for monitoring the air-fuel ratio might not be activated as intended and a malfunction in the oxygen sensor could be erroneously detected causing the check engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) to illuminate. MBUSA will conduct a voluntary emissions recall. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software.

11028270

Complaint Only vehicles with a variable transfer case are affected.

Read full bulletin

This can be identified through control unit N45 or N15/7 in the quick test. When accelerating with light load, vibrations or jolting sensation may come from the drivetrain. It may be mistaken for a harsh shift. Cause Modified oil quality of the transfer case over time Remedy 1. Check initial quick test for faults in the following control units. N45 or N15/7 - All-wheel drive (ARS) N127 - 'Drivetrain' (PTCU) control unit Y3/8 - Transmission control for 9-gear transmission (VGS) N3/10 - Engine electronics for combustion engine If faults are present: Process them as per the guided test in Xentry. If no faults are present: 2. Check the transmission oil level If the oil level is correct: 3. Unplug the connector for the transfer cases control unit and reassess the vehicle on a subsequent test drive If the complaint no longer occurs with the control unit disconnected: 4. Perform an oil change of the transfer case according to WIS specifications - Collect an oil sample of the original fluid 5. Complete all transfer case Tech-in processes located under VG Control Unit > Adaptations - Resetting the oil service data - Calibration of N15/7 5. Perform road test of vehicle to bring transmission to operating temperature ( >60C ) 6. Operate vehicle in full circle with steering at full lock - 5x to the left - 5x to the right Return the vehicle to the client and request they drive the vehicle for at least 200 miles and return if the concern is not resolved. The extended drive will ensure the clutches are properly conditioned with the new oil and should resolve the concern. If the concern continues to occur with the control unit disconnected or after the above steps have been performed, please submit a TIPS case to the Powertrain inbox with the following information: - Initial quick test with fault freeze frame data - Initial transmission EEPROM data - VGS and Transfer Case Control Unit Log (N45 or N15/7) - Photo of the original oil condition - What color was the fluid drained from the transfer case before the oil change? - Was an oil sample collected, and can you provide a photo of the original fluid? - What color and part number fluid was used during the oil change? - How far was the vehicle driven after?

11028267

Complaint -Check engine light illuminated.

Read full bulletin

-Engine runs rough. -Poor shifting or jerking when accelerating. -Fault codes stored related to mixture formation, injector quantity adjustment, or misfire. Note: One or more of the above symptoms can occur. It is possible that no fault codes are stored. Cause Leaking valve seat in cylinder head. Remedy -Perform cylinder leakage check as noted in WIS group 01.00. If excessive leakage is found determine if leak is from intake or exhaust valves. -If leakage is found from intake or exhaust valves, remove cylinder head and inspect valve seats. -The complete cylinder head must be replaced if valve seat damage is found. The valve seats can not be reworked. -Engine oil and filter should be changed after the repair. Workshop notes cylinder head repair: 1. The intake rocker arm roller is narrower than the exhaust and they must not be interchanged. Mark the rocker arms so they are reinstalled in their original location. 2. Inspect all parts that are being reused (i.e. camshafts, rocker arms) for signs of wear or damage. See WIS doc AH05.20-P-1000-09SZ for examples of normal and abnormal wear. Replace parts with new if damage or wear is found. 3. Check that all rocker arms are correctly located on the camshaft before installing cylinder head cover. Rotate engine at least 2 times and check that there are no problems with rocker arms. 4. The timing chain tensioner can be reused if it extends fully, has no noticeable problems in prior operation, and no chain drive components were replaced. 5. Care must be taken when removing fuel injectors to prevent damage. See WIS doc AR07.03-P-0004-03MM. 6. Cleanliness must be observed during repair to prevent subsequent complaint or engine damage: When cleaning engine block surface, ensure oil ports are sealed to prevent debris from entering oil circuit. Refer to SI01.40-P-0010A. No abrasive materials, sharp-edged tools, or unapproved cleaners should be used on engine block surface. Refer to AR01.00-P-0050-01A. Any debris from cleaning that has entered the cooling jacket should be removed before assembly of engine. The debris can otherwise cause blockage in the cooling circuit leading to engine overheating. If any of the parts listed below are found damaged or in need of replacement during cylinder head valveseat diagnosis or repair, and the vehicle has warranty coverage, they must be claimed on a separate partsonly line. These items are not covered under the cylinder head warranty extension and cannot be included with the claim. Camshafts Camshaft adjustment solenoids Camshaft positioners Fuel injectors Hydraulic valve play compensating elements Roller rocker arms Spark plugs Timing chain Timing chain guide rails Timing chain tensioner

11028003

Dear Mercedes-Benz Owner: In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance of Mercedes-Benz products and to...

Read full bulletin

enhance the satisfaction of our customers, Mercedes-Benz USA is extending the warranty coverage on the exhaust valve system in your vehicle from the original New Vehicle Limited Warranty of 4 years/ 50,000 miles to 15 years/ 150,000 miles (whichever occurs first). This applies to the vehicle regardless of ownership. On certain Model Year 2018 - 2023 C-Class, E-Class, GLC and GLE vehicles with the 4-cylinder engine "M264", over time, the exhaust valve system might not continue to work properly and result in an engine misfire and potential illumination of the check engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp ('MIL'). Any repairs under this warranty extension must be performed by an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealership. If your preferred authorized Mercedes-Benz dealership performs diagnosis and confirms that your vehicle meets the criteria for this extended warranty, the repair will be covered at no cost to you. This extended warranty does not apply to any other components or conditions beyond the ones described under this extended warranty, and standard warranty terms apply, including the exclusions with respect to extra expenses, as identified in the Service and Warranty Information booklet.

11027899

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

ME-SFI control unit software does not meet current production specifications. As a result, a check engine malfunction indicator lamp might erroneously be triggered. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the ME-SFI control unit software.

11027580

In our continuing efforts to ensure the proper performance of Mercedes-Benz products and to enhance the satisfaction of...

Read full bulletin

our customers, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC is extending the warranty coverage on the exhaust valve system in certain Model Year (MY) vehicles listed below from the original New Vehicle Limited Warranty of 4 years/50,000 miles to 15 years/150,000 miles, whichever occurs first. This extended warranty applies to the condition described below that may necessitate the repair or replacement of components related to the exhaust valve system on the 4-cylinder engine M264. (e.g. exhaust valve, cylinder head). The exhaust valve guide and/or seat may wear irregularly over time due to increased lateral forces during operation. This could potentially cause a combustion misfire, resulting in an activation of the check engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL).

11026833

Complaint (Original LI document #: LI27.35-P-079039) Clicking noises from the electro-hydraulic control unit (EHS) when...

Read full bulletin

the vehicle is stationary and ECO Start/Stop is active (combustion engine is off). The noise is more noticeable outside the vehicle and in acoustically shielded areas such as closed rooms or garages. Cause The noise in the valve body (EHS) is caused by superimposed pressure peaks acting on the valves. This phenomenon occurs only after a certain running-in period due to the influence of micro-contamination in the valve bores. Remedy A hardware modification of the electro-hydraulic control unit (EHS) is currently being implemented (no change to the part number). This will be incorporated into series production and as a spare part starting from 12/2025. This is only a comfort-related complaint and has no impact on the functionality or service life of the transmission. For sensitive customers, the following measures can be performed: 1. Replace the electro-hydraulic control unit (EHS), the oil pan, and the transmission fluid. - Ensure all oil guide pipes are installed in the new valve body to prevent a new concern after replacement. (See attached location guide)

11026829

Complaint Engine idle fluctuates or stumbles at approximately 7 second interval.

Read full bulletin

No relevant fault codes are stored. If fault codes are stored or check engine light illuminated, this should be diagnosed separately. Cause Torque signal mismatch between MRG and PTCU control units. Only effects version 20B of PTCU. Remedy Update software of powertrain control unit N127. New software version: MY 2022- A2549021611 MY 2023- A2549023610

11025560

Complaint The shift from 1st to 2nd gear may be uncomfortable under light load.

Read full bulletin

Cause Vehicles with engine M264 and transmission 725.0 may be equipped with specific software versions. Remedy Update Transmission Software (VGSNAG3). 1. Perform IPR and update transmission control unit software - see list of new software numbers below A0009027479 A0009027579 A0009027779 A0019026209 A0019025909 A0019025809 A0019025609 A0019024809 A0019024309 A0019024709 After updating the software, isolated/intermittent instances of the concern may occur. 2. Perform a standstill adaptation and reevaluate concern. The vehicle can be released if no longer present

11025536

Complaint Harsh 2-1 downshifts when coming to a stop with ECO start-stop function turned OFF.

Read full bulletin

Note: When ECO start-stop is active, the engine is shut off before the 2-1 shift and the complaint will not occur. Cause Software application when engine is running. Remedy Short-term remedy: Perform IPR and follow the instruction to perform standstill adaptations. Long-term Solution: Aftersales software is currently in development. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11025471

Complaint Possible complaints about shift quality, issues with learning the park lock, and slipping/rinse entries in the...

Read full bulletin

EEPROM or Transmission Health system following the replacement of the below components: - The electrohydraulic control unit (EHS valve body) in transmission 725.0/725.1 - The repair kit for the control unit (VGS) in transmission 725.0 Cause Missing, incorrectly installed, or damaged guide tubes on the EHS valve body. Remedy Check for the correct installation of the guide tubes (refer to attachments under Cause), correct installation if necessary. Parts Catalog References: NAG3M 725.1 AND NAG3C 725.0 (AMG only): Part numbers 100, 120, 150, 160 NAG3C 725.0 (Non AMG): Part numbers 280, 290, 330, 340 NOTE: If any of these guide tubes are not installed and the vehicle is driven, it will create several rinse and slipping events in the EEPROM data. These values caused by incorrect installation need to be erased to prevent future misdiagnosis. Submit a TIPS case to the Powertrain inbox with the following to receive the necessary reset password: - Initial Quick Test w/ Freeze frame data - VGS Control Unit Log - IPR Result - Initial EEPROM data (before repairs) - Latest EEPROM data - Photo of oil level ultrasonic measurement next to XENTRY specifications Please provide detail regarding the reasoning for the initial replacement in your workshop findings and measures performed. (This topic was covered in the July 2022 and July 2024 Passenger Car Tech Topics)

11025100

Complaint Only vehicles with a variable transfer case are affected.

Read full bulletin

This can be identified through control unit N45 or N15/7 in the quick test. When accelerating with light load, vibrations or jolting sensation may come from the drivetrain. It may be mistaken for a harsh shift. Cause Modified oil quality of the transfer case over time Remedy 1. Check initial quick test for faults in the following control units. N45 or N15/7 - All-wheel drive (ARS) N127 - 'Drivetrain' (PTCU) control unit Y3/8 - Transmission control for 9-gear transmission (VGS) N3/10 - Engine electronics for combustion engine If faults are present: Process them as per the guided test in Xentry. If no faults are present: 2. Check the transmission oil level If the oil level is correct: 3. Unplug the connector for the transfer cases control unit and reassess the vehicle on a subsequent test drive If the complaint no longer occurs with the control unit disconnected: 4. Perform an oil change of the transfer case according to WIS specifications - Collect an oil sample of the original fluid 5. Complete all transfer case Tech-in processes located under VG Control Unit > Adaptations - Resetting the oil service data - Calibration of N15/7 5. Perform road test of vehicle to bring transmission to operating temperature ( >60C ) 6. Operate vehicle in full circle with steering at full lock - 5x to the left - 5x to the right 7. Perform an extended 200mi road test to ensure the clutches are properly conditioned with the new oil. 8. Reassess the concern and release the vehicle if no longer present. If the concern continues to occur with the control unit disconnected or after the above steps have been performed, please submit a TIPS case to the Powertrain inbox with the following information: - Initial quick test with fault freeze frame data - Initial transmission EEPROM data - VGS and Transfer Case Control Unit Log (N45 or N15/7) - Photo of the original oil condition - What color was the fluid drained from the transfer case before the oil change? - Was an oil sample collected, and can you provide a photo of the original fluid? - What color and part number fluid was used during the oil change? - How far was the vehicle driven after?

11023193

Complaint Transmission control unit Y3/8n4 (fully integrated transmission control unit (VGS)) not listed in quick test...

Read full bulletin

and/or no communication possible with VGS. Cause Transmission control unit Y3/8n4 Remedy For vehicles with 722.9 transmission: Ensure LI54.15-P-057373 is performed before replacing any component parts. After processing and complying with the above document(s): 1. Perform an ignition reset on Y3/8n4 (VGS) 2. Inspect transmission connector for loose connections, damaged wiring or pins and any other concerns If communication with the VGS cannot be established, the complete valve body ('electrohydraulic controller unit (EHS)') must be replaced. Installation of a VGS repair kit is not permitted in this case as it is not possible to transfer the necessary valve characteristics without communication with the original control unit.

11022529

Complaint Wheezing noises/squeaking noises from the front shock absorbers when passing over surface undulations and rough road.

Read full bulletin

Noise MUST match those heard in the attached videos. Cause Wheezing noises: Flow noises of the shock absorber fluid Squeaking noise: From the mechanical rubber valve in the dividing piston Remedy Replace shock absorber(s). If noise persists after replacement, please create a TIPS case to the Body, Chassis, Entertainment inbox referencing this LI and include sound/video files.

11021147

Complaint - Engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) lights up.

Read full bulletin

- Current and saved fault code in DCCU and powertrain control unit (PTCU): P2E9873 The position sensor of the external socket flap of the vehicle socket (direct current) indicates an electrical fault. The actuator does not open. - The vehicle starts or charges normally and without any problems. Cause Software in the control unit "N116/5 - DC charge-connection unit (DCCU)". Remedy For model series 167, 254 (Only for USA): Remedy is available: Update software for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) and perform SCN coding of N116/5. Once the SCN coding has been updated, the engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) is no longer actuated with this fault code. For Model Series 214: Ensure N116/5 DCDC has latest software. Perform SCN coding of the PTCU controller. If MIL is still active, please open TIPS case and send to Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox. For other model series: Work on the SW remedy for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) is in progress. Once the software is available, update the software for N116/5 and perform SCN coding of N116/5. If this problem occurs, the vehicle start or charging functions are normally not affected; therefore do not replace any parts. Replacing parts does not solve this problem.

11020873

Complaint Diverse functional limitations in the vehicle in combination with various warning and fault messages in the instrument cluster display.

Read full bulletin

Cause Communication timeouts mean that communication errors may occur in the on-board electrical system, which can result in various fault messages being displayed in the instrument cluster. This could be down to delayed feedback from the drivetrain control unit (N127) (CPC) to other control units networked to the CAN bus. Information: It may not be possible to attribute any communication errors stored in the control units on the CAN bus to a specific cause. In rare instances, there may be a brief activation of the yellow warning lamp for engine diagnosis or there may be a sporadic delay with the start enable. There may not be any specific fault codes present that indicate a specific component. Remedy Do not replace any components!!! 1. Connect charger (see AR54.10-P-1127WT). Note: An adequate voltage from the on-board electrical system battery must be guaranteed for the entire duration of the work procedure. Otherwise the control units could be damaged if an undervoltage occurs. Information: Observe the operating instructions of the charger. Information: Use the charger to ensure an adequate voltage (at least 12.5 V) from the on-board electrical system battery. 2. Connect diagnostic system (see AD00.00-P-2000-06FR). Note: Always use the latest XENTRY Diagnostics software release. Information: Strict compliance with the operation steps in XENTRY Diagnostics is absolutely essential. 3. Select control unit N127 (CPC) via the direct link using XENTRY Diagnosis. Information: To do so, select the following menu items: Control units view Drive systems N127 - "Powertrain" control unit (CPC). 4. Update software for control unit N127 (CPC) (see AR54.21-P-0014-01Y). Info: To do so, select the following menu items: Adaptations Control unit update Update control unit software. Information: You are then automatically guided through the steps "Update of control unit software" and "SCN coding". Always observe the following operation steps at all times. 5. Disconnect diagnostic device from vehicle (see AD00.00-P-2000-06FR). 6. Disconnect charger from vehicle (see AR54.10-P-1127WT).

11020696

Complaint - Engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) lights up.

Read full bulletin

- Current and saved fault code in DCCU and powertrain control unit (PTCU): P2E9873 The position sensor of the external socket flap of the vehicle socket (direct current) indicates an electrical fault. The actuator does not open. - The vehicle starts or charges normally and without any problems. Cause Software in the control unit "N116/5 - DC charge-connection unit (DCCU)". Remedy For model series 167, 254 (Only for USA): Remedy is available: Update software for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) and perform SCN coding of N116/5. Once the SCN coding has been updated, the engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) is no longer actuated with this fault code. For model series 214: Perform SCN coding of the Powertrain Control Unit (PTCU) If the MIL does not clear after coding, please open a TIPS case and send to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox. For other model series: Work on the SW remedy for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) is in progress. Once the software is available, update the software for N116/5 and perform SCN coding of N116/5. If this problem occurs, the vehicle start or charging functions are normally not affected; therefore do not replace any parts. Replacing parts does not solve this problem.

11020009

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

engine control software might not meet current specifications. As a result, the diagnosis routine for monitoring the air-fuel ratio might not be activated as intended and a malfunction in the oxygen sensor could be erroneously detected causing the check engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) to illuminate. MBUSA will conduct a voluntary emissions recall. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software.

11019747

Complaint Height adjustment of electric steering column adjustment jammed in the top/bottom adjustment position (e.g.

Read full bulletin

with Easy Entry function), noise (breakaway noise) when leaving the limit stops of the height adjustment. Cause Height adjustment moves to the top/bottom limit stop and jams. 1. Driver seat control unit software 2. Steering column height adjustment transmission Remedy There are 2 repair procedures to follow depending on vehicle (differentiated according to model and vehicle manufacturing date) 1. Perform software update of driver's seat control unit 2. Replace repair kit for steering column height adjustment Procedure 1: Perform software update of driver seat control unit. ALL models except 205/253/293/222/217/231/463/213/238/257/290 up to special equipment code 801. Move out the fore/aft adjustment to the end position. Release jamming of height adjustment by knocking with palm of hand onto top of steering wheel/at the same time pressing adjustment switch downward After releasing the jam, perform a software update of the driver's seat control unit If procedure 1 is not effective, there is no new software available for the driver seat control unit, or the chassis is not listed above (167, 223, 294, 206, 294, 295, 296, 297,232,214,254) then use procedure 2. Procedure 2: Replace repair kit for steering column height adjustment. Move out the fore/aft adjustment to the end position. Release jamming of height adjustment by knocking with palm of hand onto top of steering wheel/at the same time pressing adjustment switch downward Remove footwell trim on driver's side. Determine type version of height adjustment in XENTRY Parts Information and order appropriate replacement part (refer to attachment). 1. Version A: A 231 460 77 00 2. Version B: A 205 460 38 03 Remove steering column. Remove height adjustment (adjustment repair kit). Install repair kit (adjustment repair kit) (observe tightening torque for screws in attachment). Install steering column. If possible, flash driver seat control unit to latest software release or code SCN again. Commission driver seat control unit (normalization of limit stops is deleted and learning process repeated).

11017500

Complaint Headlamps leaking or fogged Cause The fogging of the headlamp is a natural phenomenon which can occur under certain climatic conditions.

Read full bulletin

In contrast to a leaky headlamp, physical fogging does not result in a technical impairment of the headlamp. A leak test must be performed to determine if physical fogging exists or if the headlamp is leaky. Remedy Check for external damage: You can identify a damaged headlamp in the following way: For headlamps with a closed system 1. Check the headlamps for any external damage and check also for correct seating of the Gore-diaphragm/correct latching of the cover caps. 2. If the headlamp exhibits any external damage, replace the headlamp. For headlamps with an open system 1. Check the headlamps for any external damage and seal off the vent, then make sure the cover caps are latched correctly into place. 2. If the headlamp exhibits any external damage, replace the headlamp. Note: External damage to the headlamp does not present a warranty or goodwill case. 1. Clear fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood or trunk. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). 7. If the condensation has disappeared, nothing else has to be done. Note: If defrosting has been performed, you can skip the first step. 2. Leak test of headlamp with overpressure: Connect test adapter to pressure tester. (Figure 1) Check test adapter for leak tightness. To do so, connect plug and coupling (picture 2) and apply a maximum overpressure of 30 mbar. The pressure must remain constant. If the pressure does not remain constant, use a new adapter. All vents have to be sealed with sealing compound and the existing diaphragm with the stamp (picture 3 [3]). (Picture 4) Make allowance for the different headlamp variants here (there are different outlet openings). Check if the headlamp needs to be removed to gain access to the diagnostic socket on the headlamp housing. Plug the adapter onto the diagnostic socket on the headlamp housing. (Picture 5). Apply a maximum of 30 mbar overpressure to the headlamp housing. Note: If the maximum overpressure of 50 mbar is exceeded the headlamp seal will be damaged (picture 6). If a pressure drop of less than 10 mbar is measured within 30 seconds, the headlamp is tight and there is natural physical condensation. If a higher pressure drop than 10 mbar is measured within 30 seconds, the headlamp is leaky. Note: The leaky position can be localized with the aid of soap suds. If the pressure test is not passed, the headlamp is leaky. If the cause cannot be rectified, the headlamp must be replaced. Note: If the headlamp is replaced, no dry packs may be installed on the new replacement headlamp. AR82.10-P-5455WT was created for the pressure test. This AR can be used as a reference manual for all closed headlamps. In the event of an open headlamp system, the vent ducts must be sealed before the pressure test.

11017496

Complaint Headlamp, front fog lamp leaky or fogged Cause Fogging of the headlamps is a natural phenomenon, which can...

Read full bulletin

occur under certain climatic conditions. It does not lead to any technical impairment of the headlamp. Remedy NOTE: If a pressure compensation diaphragm is fitted in the housing cover, then the lamp unit is a "closed system". Headlamp: Remedy 1 Clearing fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps: 1. Drive vehicle into workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) and connect the exhaust extraction. Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood or trunk. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing fogged/condensed halogen/xenon headlamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch off the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Note: If there is no visible reduction in the formation of condensation, check the headlamp for damage. (See Remedy 2) It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely. Fogging does not impair the operation or the service life of the headlamp. Remedy 2 A damaged headlamp can be identified as follows: 1. Check the headlamp for external damage and that the cover caps and the diaphragm are correctly seated. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. 3. Check for leak tightness in accordance with LI82.10-P-078896 The test can only be conducted on headlamps. 4. If the headlamp or the rear lamp has any external damage, replace the component part in accordance with the WIS instructions.

11017220

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

engine control unit software may not correspond with current production specifications. There is a possibility that the dynamic driving profile may not be accurately calculated, which could possibly lead to an unsuccessful diagnostic routine for the lambda sensors. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software.

11017078

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

engine control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. The diagnosis routine for the pressure sensor in the crankcase ventilation system may be populated with incorrect data. As a consequence, the check engine light may illuminate after the engine is switched off even though there is no functional impairment. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the engine control unit software.

11016043

Complaint A clicking/ticking/taping noise from underneath the vehicle with engine off during ECO stop event or after...

Read full bulletin

parking See video for example Cause Noise originates within the transmission valvebody Remedy Take a video from underneath vehicle recording the noise Pull EEPROM data, Inital Quick Test, and Control Unit Log Please open a TIPs case providing all data to assess next steps.

11015626

Complaint - Engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) lights up.

Read full bulletin

- Current and saved fault code in DCCU and powertrain control unit (PTCU): P2E9873 The position sensor of the external socket flap of the vehicle socket (direct current) indicates an electrical fault. The actuator does not open. - The vehicle starts or charges normally and without any problems. Cause Software in the control unit "N116/5 - DC charge-connection unit (DCCU)". Remedy For model series 167 (Only for USA): Remedy is available: Update software for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) and perform SCN coding of N116/5. Once the SCN coding has been updated, the engine diagnosis indicator lamp (MIL) is no longer actuated with this fault code. For other model series: Work on the SW remedy for N116/5 (DC charging control unit box) is in progress. Once the software is available, update the software for N116/5 and perform SCN coding of N116/5. If this problem occurs, the vehicle start or charging functions are normally not affected; therefore do not replace any parts. Replacing parts does not solve this problem.

11015614

Complaint A squeaking noise comes from the electric power steering; see video with example.

Read full bulletin

Cause Toothed rack in the area of the screw drive of the electric power steering needs additional grease. Remedy 1. Lift the vehicle and remove the center engine compartment lining; for basic data, see WIS AR61.20-P-1105S 2. Loosen the bellows of the electric power steering on the right of the steering gear and slide outward on the tie rod the tie rods do not need to be removed! For basic data, see WIS AR46.40-P-9998S 3. Turn the wheels fully to the right. The screw drive of the rack-and-pinion steering becomes visible. See picture 1 of screw drive 4. Clean the screw drive with a clean cloth and remove the existing grease. See picture 2 of cleaned screw drive 5. Prepare a clean brush for greasing the screw drive and, if necessary, mask off the metal sleeve of the brush or similar components to avoid damage to the steering housing or to the screw drive of the toothed rack. See picture 3 with example brush 6. Apply a sufficient amount of long-life grease (A001 989 84 51 09) to the screw drive of the toothed rack with the brush, making sure that this is applied evenly all around; see picture 4 of greased screw drive 7. Reinstall the steering bellows, making sure to replace the inner clamp! Important: The contact surfaces of the bellows and the rack-and-pinion steering should be coated with a thin layer of Renolit (Renolit CX-FO 20, A094 989 38 00 11). For basic data, see WIS AR46.40-P-9998S 8. Move the rack-and-pinion steering several times from one steering limitation to the other to ensure that the grease is evenly distributed in the housing. 9. Assemble in the reverse order.

11015543

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Engine in limp-home mode. Rough running. Low fuel rail pressure fault code P008700 stored in MRG2 control unit. Additional faults below may be stored in MRG2 control unit: Misfire- P030000, P030100, P030200, P030300, P030400, P030084, P030004 Mixture adaptation- P217800 P218762, P017100, P017200, P217700 Injector malfunction- P02EE00, P02EF00, P02F000, P02F100, P214601, P214901 Cause Gas bubbles forming in low pressure fuel system due to fuel boiling. Remedy -Check engine control unit N3/10 for software update. -Proceed with software update if new software version 2549032303, 2549032403, 2549032503 or 2549032603 are found. -Clear faults and check for any symptoms on road test **Do not replace hardware unless clear part malfunction is determined**

11014686

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Engine in limp-home mode. Rough running. Low fuel rail pressure fault code P008700 stored in MRG2 control unit. Additional faults below may be stored in MRG2 control unit: Misfire- P030000, P030100, P030200, P030300, P030400, P030084, P030004 Mixture adaptation- P217800 P218762, P017100, P017200, P217700 Injector malfunction- P02EE00, P02EF00, P02F000, P02F100, P214601, P214901 Cause Gas bubbles forming in low pressure fuel system due to fuel boiling. Remedy C300, CLE300, E350, GLC300 and GLE350 -Check engine control unit N3/10 for software update. -Proceed with software update if new software version 2549032303, 2549032403, 2549032503 or 2549032603 are found. -Clear faults and check for any symptoms on road test early 2024 GLE350 Check if symptom can be reproduced during normal drive cycle. -If reproducible, diagnose the cause of low pressure in fuel system. -If not reproducible, drain and refill fuel tank with top tier premium gasoline. Clear faults and check vehicle operation. Software solution release for remaining models/model years to prevent fuel boiling in low pressure system ETA in Q1 2025. **Do not replace parts unless clear part malfunction is determined**

11014684

Complaint Red oil pressure warning in instrument cluster One of the below fault codes is stored in powertrain control...

Read full bulletin

unit N127: P052497 The oil pressure is too low. The system function is restricted. P052400 The oil pressure is too low Cause Various Remedy If low oil level warning present diagnose cause of this first. -Check engine oil level and correct if necessary. Refer to vehicle specific instructions AP18.00-P-1848U -Check for external engine oil leaks -Measure engine oil pressure via graphical representation in MRG actual values. In one measurement capture the pressure at idle, 1000, 2000, and 3000 rpm. Hold each range for approx. 5 seconds. -Save results as CSV file -Create TIPS case and submit to the powertrain team, including Oil pressure test results CSV file Initial quick test Any additional test results or observations Any previous diagnosis or repairs performed

11014412

Complaint Noises/ squealing from the service brake in various driving situations and ambient conditions.

Read full bulletin

Cause Frictional vibrations Remedy AMG brake systems are designed for high loads. This can result in noises under certain operating conditions and driving styles. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for further information such as care and maintenance instructions (washing vehicle directly after heavy use and using approved cleaning agents). These are dependent on speed, brake pressure or ambient conditions such as temperature and air humidity. 1. Beginning Diagnostics: a) Check whether, apart from this document, an additional document exists for the model series in question, and if so, work through it and then continue with1b. b) Check whether the complaint can be reproduced and at which axle or side the noises occur (ideally together with the customer while driving). c) Check the affected system for component wear, mechanical damage or localized overheating damage. 1. Replace damaged components as necessary and re-assess noise concern. d) Secure vehicle on a lift. 1. Start the engine and depress the brake pedal 3-4 times. 2. Check each wheel to see if they turn freely by hand. 3. If a wheel is not turning freely by hand, this needs to be addressed prior to re-assessing the noise concern. e) Assess condition of brake rotors and pads per WIS and visually (i.e. long periods of stagnation, etc...). 2. Specific Axle Work: NOTE: If brake pad has a metal backing plate, there is no need to affix the adhesive film. a) If the noises are coming from the front axle => Affix linings with adhesive film (see attachments for front axle). If backing plate is installed on pads, move to step 3. 1. Remove brake linings of front axle. 2. Clean all contact points on brake lining and brake caliper/carrier. 3. Clean bonding surface (where pistons contact back of brake pad). Apply adhesive film to the backplate of the piston-side brake lining. For 6 piston calipers, only in the area of the center piston. For other piston caliper configurations less than 6, apply where the piston(s) makes contact with the back of the pad. 4. Chamfer edges (round off sharp leading edges) on brake pads. See picture "Chamfered Pads". 5. After installing the brake linings, actuate the brake for 30 seconds. b) If the noises are coming from the rear axle => Affix linings with adhesive film and grease the lining as per the specification (see attachments for rear axle). 1. Remove brake pads of rear axle. 2. Cleaning all contact points on brake lining and brake caliper/carrier. 3. Grease contact points (red areas) between brake lining and guide of brake caliper with heat-resistant lubricating paste. 4. Clean bonding surface (where pistons contact back of brake pad). Apply adhesive film to the backplate of the piston-side brake lining. 5. Chamfer edges (round off sharp leading edges) on brake pads. See picture "Chamfered Pads". IMPORTANT: Be absolutely certain to not allow paste between friction surfaces of the pad and disc! 3. Brake Bedding Process: a) Before trip, the mileage incurred must be clarified with the customer (approx. 30 miles). b) Select a suitable route so speeds of approximately 65 MPH can be achieved. c) Brake the vehicle 15 times with a brake pressure of approx. 30 bar (have the passenger read it out using XENTRY) from 62 MPH to 30 MPH (no emergency stops and no braking in the ESP control range). Maintain a cooling distance of approx. 1 mile between brake applications. d) Finally drive approx. 3 miles to allow the system to cool. e) Reassess noise.

11014399

Complaint Engine idle fluctuates or stumbles at approximately 7 second interval.

Read full bulletin

No relevant fault codes are stored. If fault codes are stored or check engine light illuminated, this should be diagnosed separately. Cause Torque signal mismatch between MRG and PTCU control units. Only effects version 20B of PTCU. Remedy Software solution in development and LI will be updated once an ETA is available. Replacing parts will not resolve this symptom. Vehicle can be released to owner if there are no other symptoms present. The idle fluctuation typically resolves after several trips and will not cause other drivability symptoms or damage to the vehicle. Create an informational TIPS case and submit to the powertrain team with the below information: -Video showing the "engine data" from head unit while symptom active -N3/10 MRG2 control unit log

11014223

Complaint Red cooling system malfunction warning due to overheat.

Read full bulletin

Low engine performance. Check engine light on. Fault codes may be stored: P21814B The cooling system has a malfunction. There is a fault due to overtemperature. P2B8500 The rpm of the coolant pump is too low. Cause Various Remedy Check for loose plug at electrical connectors of high temp coolant pump (M43/10 or M75/11) by gently pulling on connector housings. Create a TIPS case and submit to powertrain team inbox if a loose plug is found at the coolant pump. Include: -Initial quick test -Details on any damage found to engine or cooling system. Include photos if applicable. -Any other relevant details.

11013297

Complaint Hard 1-2 shift Jerky shifting Jolting when moving off Cause Insufficient data points for the adaptation...

Read full bulletin

limits algorithm Remedy Problem will be rectified with a new SW release Until the SW release is available, (No current ETA) please carry out the following: Check the transmission oil level and correct if necessary Rinse the valves a minimum of 3 times via XENTRY Perform a stationary standstill adaptation, then collect EEPROM data If the problem persists, please perform driving adaptations of 4-5 at least ten to fifteen times: : Level track (no incline/decline) Slippery drive program Display the torque in the instrument cluster: The torque must be between 100 and 250 Nm, preferably closer to the maximum torque Constant engine torque Engine speed under 2500 rpm Do not shift via paddle Collect a new EEPROM data after all adaptions are complete If the problem persists, please create a TIPS case. With both EEPROM files

11013292

Complaint Engine idle fluctuates or stumbles at approximately 7 second interval.

Read full bulletin

No relevant fault codes are stored. Cause Torque signal mismatch between MRG and PTCU control units. Only effects version 20B of PTCU. Remedy Software solution in development and LI will be updated once an ETA is available. Replacing parts will not resolve this symptom. Vehicle can be released to owner if there are no other symptoms present. The idle fluctuation typically resolves after several trips and will not cause other drivability symptoms or damage to the vehicle. Create an informational TIPS case and submit to the powertrain team with the below information: -Video showing the "engine data" from head unit while symptom active -N3/10 MRG2 control unit log

11013184

Complaint Noise from area of instrument panel Noise might occur in the following conditions: - At engine speeds of 1500 rpm to 2000 rpm.

Read full bulletin

- In the speed range up to 45mph - Type of noise: "rattling" / "whirring" / "creaking" Cause Attachment points between strut on shock absorber tower and firewall. Remedy Proceed as described below: 1. Measure the current torque at the rear screws/bolts (strut to bulkhead) and document the result 2. Loosen screw/bolt and move vehicle forwards and backwards approx. 2-3 m (to remove tension) 3. Re-tighten screws/bolts to specified torque (35Nm +/-3.5Nm) 4. Perform test drive and if noise issue is rectified, OK => No further measures required. 5. If the noise complaint is still present after the test drive then measure and document the current torque at the front screws/bolts (strut to spring tower mounting console) 6. Re-tighten to the specified torque value (50Nm+/-5Nm) 7. Perform test drive and if noise issue is rectified, OK => No further measures required. 8. If the noise issue is still present after the test drive, then it is more than likely not related to the mounting of the struts on the body-in-white.

11013177

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Engine in limp-home mode. Rough running. Low fuel rail pressure fault code P008700 stored in MRG2 control unit. Additional faults below may be stored in MRG2 control unit: Misfire- P030000, P030100, P030200, P030300, P030400, P030084, P030004 Mixture adaptation- P217800 P218762, P017100, P017200, P217700 Injector malfunction- P02EE00, P02EF00, P02F000, P02F100, P214601, P214901 Cause Gas bubbles forming in low pressure fuel system due to fuel boiling. Remedy C300, CLE300, E350, Model year 2024-2025 GLC300 and GLE350 -Check engine control unit N3/10 for software update. -Proceed with software update if versions 2549032303, 2549032403, 2549032503 or 2549032603 are found. -Clear faults and check for any symptoms on road test 2023 GLC300 and early 2024 GLE350 Check if symptom can be reproduced during normal drive cycle. -If reproducible, diagnose the cause of low pressure in fuel system. -If not reproducible, drain and refill fuel tank with top tier premium gasoline. Clear faults and check vehicle operation. Software solution release for remaining models/model years to prevent fuel boiling in low pressure system ETA in Q1 2025. **Do not replace parts unless clear part malfunction is determined**

11013077

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Engine in limp-home mode. Rough running. Low fuel rail pressure fault code P008700 stored in MRG2 control unit. Additional faults below may be stored in MRG2 control unit: Misfire- P030000, P030100, P030200, P030300, P030400, P030084, P030004 Mixture adaptation- P217800 P218762, P017100, P017200, P217700 Injector malfunction- P02EE00, P02EF00, P02F000, P02F100, P214601, P214901 Cause Gas bubbles forming in low pressure fuel system due to fuel boiling. Remedy Model year 2024-2025 GLC300 and GLE350 -Check engine control unit N3/10 for software update. -Proceed with software update if versions 2549032503 or 2549032603 are found. -Clear faults and check for any symptoms on road test For all other models or if software is not found in above steps Check if symptom can be reproduced during normal drive cycle. -If reproducible, diagnose the cause of low pressure in fuel system. -If not reproducible, drain and refill fuel tank with top tier premium gasoline. Clear faults and check vehicle operation. Software solution release for remaining models/model years to prevent fuel boiling in low pressure system ETA in Q1 2025. **Do not replace parts unless clear part malfunction is determined**

11012060

Complaint Check engine light illuminated.

Read full bulletin

Fault code P042000 Current or stored in MRG2 control unit. Cause Catalytic converter not operating efficiently Remedy Replace catalytic converter. Note: Additional hardware replacement is not needed unless other symptoms are present. If there are other faults relating to engine operation, diagnose these separately.

11012059

Complaint Engine warning light active.

Read full bulletin

Fault code P012D12 The pressure sensor upstream of exhaust gas turbocharger has short circuit to positive. There is a short circuit to positive. is stored in the control unit N3/10 N3/10 - engine electronics 'MED41''M264'. Cause In the course of a pre-repair, the lines may be damaged due to the feed line to component part B28/11 pressure sensor downstream of air filter being routed too taut. (see picture 1) Remedy 1. Attach 12 V charger Note: An adequate voltage from the on-board electrical system battery must be guaranteed for the entire duration of the work procedure. Otherwise the control units could be damaged if an undervoltage occurs. Information: Observe the operating instructions of the 12 V charger. Information: Use the 12 V charger to ensure a sufficient voltage (minimum 12.5 V) from the on-board electrical system battery. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2. Attach diagnostic system Information: Always ensure that XENTRY Diagnosis is updated to the latest version. For further information on "Retail Data Storage", see the Service Information bulletin SI00.01-D-0044SG. Information: The operation steps in XENTRY Diagnosis must be complied with precisely at all times. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Carry out quick test and read out fault memory Information: If the above-mentioned fault code (P012D12) is stored in the control unit ME (N3/10) continue with operation step 4. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4. Check line installation of component part B28/11 pressure sensor downstream of air filter for damage and routing free of tension. Repair defective lines as per XENTRY WIS. Note: Routing of the feed line free of tension must be ensured. (See picture 2)

11012055

Complaint Low engine oil level warning.

Read full bulletin

Engine oil leak under vehicle. Cause Rear crankshaft radial seal rolled during installation Remedy -Check for external oil leak with visual inspection. -Remove inspection cover on left side of transmission and check for oil in bell housing. -If oil is found in bell housing, remove transmission and determine location of leak. Replace rear crankshaft sealing ring if found damaged or leaking. -If ISA is found to be contaminated with engine oil, replace the integrated starter/alternator.

11010818

Complaint Transmission control unit Y3/8n4 (fully integrated transmission control unit (VGS)) not listed in quick test...

Read full bulletin

and/or no communication possible with VGS. Cause Transmission control unit Y3/8n4 Remedy It is important that LI54.15-P-057373 is processed before replacing any component parts (transmission 722.9). After processing and complying with the above documents, perform a reset on the transmission control unit Y3/8n4 (VGS) (ignition reset), check that the transmission connector is seated correctly and inspect the PINs for concerns. If communication with the VGS cannot be established afterwards, the component part 'electrohydraulic controller unit (EHS)' must be replaced, as it is not possible to transfer the valve characteristics under the above-mentioned conditions. Installation of a VGS repair kit is not permitted in this case.

11010494

Complaint Rear lamps fogged up/not leaktight.

Read full bulletin

Cause Fogging of the rear lamps is a natural phenomenon, which can occur under certain climatic conditions. This does not lead to any technical impairment of the rear lamps. Remedy Rear lamp: Remedy 1: Clearing fogged/condensed rear lamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) Note: Do not wash the vehicle or subject it to high-pressure cleaning before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the trunk. 4. Switch on the exterior lighting. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation -> a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (defogging progress). Note: -If no reduction in the degree of fogging is visible, the rear lamp is defective and must be replaced. -It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely some residual fogging may remain. Fogging does not impair the functionality or the service life of the rear lamps. -Simultaneous fogging of multiple component parts indicates extreme climatic conditions and also does not impair the functionality or the service life of the rear lamps. Remedy 2: You can recognize a defective rear lamp as follows: 1. Check the rear lamps to ensure that no external damage is present, and that the differential aeration cells and the diaphragm are present and correctly seated. -> If there are signs of external damage on the rear lamp, the component parts must be replaced as per WIS instructions. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. -> If moisture/corrosion/etc. is present, the component part must be replaced as per WIS instructions. 3. Check for leak tightness -> Close all openings with Terostat IX or similar and establish and stabilize via an overpressure (4050 mbar) via the plug. -> In the event of a sudden pressure drop, the component part must be replaced as per WIS instructions. Note: External damage to the rear lamps does not constitute a warranty or goodwill case.

11010455

Complaint Only vehicles with a variable transfer case are affected.

Read full bulletin

Can be identified through control unit N45 or N15/7 in the quick test When accelerating with light load, vibrations or jolting sensation may come from the drivetrain Cause Modified oil quality of the transfer case over time Remedy Check initial quick test for faults in the following control units N45 - All-wheel drive (ARS) N127 - 'Drivetrain' (PTCU) control unit Y3/8 - Transmission control for 9-gear transmission (VGS) N3/10 - Engine electronics for combustion engine If faults are present, process them as per the guided test in Xentry If no faults are present: Check the oil level of the transmission If the oil level is correct: Unplug the connector for the transfer cases control unit Reassess the vehicle on a subsequent test drive If the complaint no longer occurs: Perform an oil change of the transfer case according to WIS specifications After please complete all transfer case Tech-in processes located under VG control unit Adaptations tab - Resetting the oil service data - Calibration of N15/7 Perform road test of vehicle to bring transmission to operating temperature ( >60C ) Operate vehicle in full circle with steering at full lock - 5x to the left - 5x to the right Reassess the vehicle following the oil change and teach in If the problem continues to occur with the plug removed or after the oil change has been carried out: Create a TIPS case with the following data Initial quick test with fault freeze frame data EEPROM data from Y3/8 Transmission control unit EEPROM data from N45 All-wheel drive Injector performance data

11010443

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Engine in limp-home mode. Rough running. Low fuel rail pressure fault code P008700 stored in MRG2 control unit. Additional faults below may be stored in MRG2 control unit: Misfire- P030000, P030100, P030200, P030300, P030400, P030084, P030004 Mixture adaptation- P217800 P218762, P017100, P017200, P217700 Injector malfunction- P02EE00, P02EF00, P02F000, P02F100, P214601, P214901 Cause Gas bubbles forming in low pressure fuel system due to fuel boiling. Remedy Check if symptom can be reproduced during normal drive cycle. -If reproducible, diagnose the cause of low pressure in fuel system. -If not reproducible, drain and refill fuel tank with top tier premium gasoline. Clear faults and check vehicle operation. Software solution is in development to prevent fuel boiling in low pressure system. SW release ETA in Q1 2025. **Do not replace parts unless clear part malfunction is determined**

11010435

Complaint -Check engine light(MIL) is ON.

Read full bulletin

-Current and stored fault code in DCCU and PTCU : P2E9873 The position sensor of the exterior socket flap of the vehicle socket (direct current) has an electrical fault. The actuator does not open. -Starting the vehicle or Charging the vehicle is normal without any issues. Cause Software in the "N116/5 - Direct current charge connection unit (DCCU)" control unit. Remedy SW remedy for N116/5(DC-Charging control unit box) is in progress. Once the software is available, update the software for N116/5 and perform SCN coding of N116/5 For this issue, the vehicle starting or charging functions are not typically affected. Do not replace any parts. Replacing parts will not bring a solution for this issue.

11009552

Complaint Engine idle fluctuates or stumbles at approximately 5-10 second intervals.

Read full bulletin

No relevant fault codes are stored. Cause Under analysis Remedy Do not replace parts or perform control unit software updates/adaptations. Create a TIPS case and submit to the powertrain team with the below information: -Video showing the tachometer or actual values from XENTRY diagnosis when symptom present -Quick test -N3/10 MRG2 control unit log -N73/3 EZS control unit log

11009517

Complaint Engine is making abnormal noise at idle.

Read full bulletin

May be described as rattle, tapping, or knocking. Cause Various Remedy If necessary compare the noise to a like vehicle and if determined to be abnormal proceed with below steps. Submit a TIPS case to the powertrain team with details from the below checks: Check engine maintenance history and oil level. Determine location where noise is most noticeable on engine. Does noise change with engine RPM? Record a video of the noise. Switch off injectors with XENTRY diagnosis one at a time and check if noise changes. Borescope cylinders with pistons at lowest point of travel and document findings with photos.

11009125

Complaint During cold starting, a tortoise symbol may be displayed in the event of reduced engine output.

Read full bulletin

(see attachment) For "non-hybrid vehicles", the thermostat symbol must be displayed. (see attachment) Cause SCN Coding of the N133/1 IC-Instrument-Cluster Remedy Perform N133/1 IC-Instrument-Cluster manual SCN coding.

11008977

Complaint Combustion engine could no longer be started, only electric driving possible.

Read full bulletin

Cause High-voltage belt-driven starter-alternator faulty. Remedy Requirement: Prior to the implementation of the test work, it must be ensured that the person carrying out this work has successfully completed the required HV qualification to work on HV system.

11008883

Complaint Play/noise at height adjuster or in seat guide rail on front seats Cause Tolerances and variations in the...

Read full bulletin

manufacturing process Remedy Review of barcode adhesive label on air intake pipe of height adjuster. The seat frame base with the height adjuster motor can be replaced if the production status is lower than E105 (pic.1: seat label) If the production status is higher than or equal to E105, please create a TIPS case with videos and photos and send to B/C/E inbox. In isolated cases, the label may be located on the inside of the air intake pipe; for this, the seat cushion must be removed.

11008712

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

One of the below fault codes is current in the engine control module (N3/10). P04DB29, P04DB31, P04DB79 Cause Open circuit or high resistance to crankcase vent line contact Remedy 1. Check the electrical connector for the relevant vent line contact switch noted below. Refer to attached photos of connection locations. 2. Ensure the bolted connection is secure and bolt can be torqued (9Nm). 3. Check continuity from vent line connection to ME control unit. Repair wire if damage is found. The circuit from ME provides 5V and is pulled to 0V when the ground connection is intact. M260 P04DB31- S88/15 P04DB79- S88/16 M264 P04DB31- S88/15 P04DB79- S88/16 P04DB29- S88/17 M270/M274 P04DB79- S88/5 Note: This repair is not warrantable if the connection was left loose during previous repair/maintenance.

11008056

Complaint Check engine light on.

Read full bulletin

Fault code P207273 - "Throttle actuator valve is blocked due to ice" stored. Engine may crank and not start. Fault code P210185 may also be stored. Cause Moisture freezing on throttle actuator during extreme low ambient temperatures. Remedy Update software of engine control module. Software increases throttle valve flapping after engine turned off to prevent moisture buildup.

11007753

Complaint Headlamp or front fog lamp leaky or fogged Cause Fogging of the headlamps is a natural phenomenon, which can...

Read full bulletin

occur under certain climatic conditions. It does not lead to any technical impairment of the headlamp. Headlamps comply with all applicable standards. If a pressure compensation diaphragm is fitted in the housing cover, then the lamp unit is a "closed system". Remedy Headlamp: Remedy 1 Clearing fogged/condensed LED headlamps and LED rear lamps: 1. Drive vehicle into workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) and connect the exhaust extraction. Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the hood or trunk. 4. Switch on the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Clearing fogged/condensed halogen/xenon headlamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4F). Note: Do not perform an engine wash before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Open the hood. 4. Switch off the lights. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation, a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (thawing progress). Note: If there is no visible reduction in the formation of condensation, check the headlamp for a defect. (See Remedy 2) It is not physically possible to defog the headlamps completely. Fogging does not impair the operation or the service life of the headlamp. Remedy 2 A Damaged headlamp can be identified as follows: 1. Check the headlamp for external damage and that the cover caps and the diaphragm are correctly seated. 2. Check the electrical connectors of the plugs and pins. 3. Check for leak tightness in accordance with LI82.10-P-078307. The test can only be conducted on headlamps. 4. If the headlamp or the rear lamp has any external damage, replace the component part in accordance with the WIS instructions. Note: External damage to the headlamp/rear lamp or faulty seating of the cover caps does not present a warranty or goodwill case. With headlamps, it is possible to install desiccant packs if the problem occurs repeatedly. Open ventilation system: LI82.10-P-064766. Closed ventilation system LI82.10-P-078304

11007728

Complaint To insure vehicle down time is kept at a minimum and all required information is available when case is...

Read full bulletin

escalated, as well as assist technicians with checks that may help lead in resolving issue without case creation. THIS LI IS NOT TO BE USED AS A REASON FOR CASE CREATION BUT AS A GUIDE IF A CASE IS NEEDED Cause There are, at times, additional steps workshops can do to help diagnose and rectify transmission complaints. Remedy When opening a case for transmissions a EEPROM, Quick Test, and VGS CUL are absolutely necessary Please also check for any relevant LIs before opening case. Also, recommend having customer fill out Transmission Drivability Diagnostic Worksheet especially if complaint is hard to reproduce or intermittent (Work sheet Location: Xentry Portal >> Local Contents >> Diagnostic Info>> Diagnostic Worksheets ) If a previous repair attempt or visit was made for the same concern please include the date, mileage, and case number if applicable of that repair/visit with a short description of what was done. Follow IPR: ( LI27.00-P-073124 ) All IPR suggestions are covered by warranty and there is no need for cases to confirm IPR. Complete IPR suggestions and close out IPR process. If complaint is not fixed and IPR still suggests the same repair once closed out and run again, then a case may be needed. Transmission Health page is a good indicator of issues within transmission if clutch or brake pack stays NOK after adaptions and unable to be made to a green OK then an internal fault is present. Proceed with replacing affected clutch pack. IF more than 3 are red and NOK replace transmission (include printout with warranty claims) **** FOR 167 chassis with M264 engine B08 may be red and NOK, IGNORE this, B08 is still okay **** Shift complaints: Note: AMG variants are known to have a harsher shift see LI27.60-P-075147 It is always worth comparing to a like vehicle if possible to see if shift is uncharacteristic Perform Valve flushing procedure Perform 5 Torque Converter adaptions in a row (Save the results page) Perform standstill adaptions (Save the results page) Drive adaptions if necessary: Drive C mode keep RPM between 2000-2200rpm and lightly let off pedal to force shift wait 2-3 sec then roll on throttle to rpm back up to 2000-2300 rpm repeat for gears 1-3 *For gears 4-8 allow rpm up to 2700 and let off slightly to force upshift = repeat x 10 *For downshift - highest gear possible 8 or 9 - allow decel with light brake drag (allow at least 5s between downshifts for trans to adapt. Go down to 2nd and repeat x10 *Change to sport mode and repeat process again *Lock car to allow sleep at least 10min and restart and road test for quality. After adaptions a new EEPROM should be recorded and included with the original if opening a case Understand shift complaints need to be reproducible to address. If needed drive with client to reproduce the complaint. If shift complaint is intermittent a CAN trace of the issue occurring will be useful (see attached instructions) Shudder: If there is a shudder monitor torque convertor actual values to see if it occurs during slipping, Additionally can lock up convertor and drive to see if issue is resolved Jolting/Shudder: If the vehicle is AWD: unplug AWD control unit or drive vehicle in dyno mode to see if transfer case is causing the jolt/ harsh shift If located from transfer case check fluid and perform a flush if needed to try to rectify the issue. Vibrations: NVH trace is needed, what level vibration is being experienced and where is it located? Is the Vibration felt in neutral? Dyno mode? Does it change with speed? Etc. Noise complaint: Isolate the noise location using chassis ear. MUST attach a sound recording or video of the noise. Describe when the noise is present: Does it change with gear or speed? Does it occur with vehicle in neutral or in glide mode? Does operating temperature effect noise? Does incline/decline or steering angel effect noise?

11006544

Complaint Vehicle not AC charging.

Read full bulletin

Check engine light on. PTCU/N127 with fault code P0D9100 "The lock for the charging cable has an open circuit". Cause Possible Hardware and/or Software. Investigation is ongoing. Remedy Please open TIPS case. TIPS case: Needed customer feedback: When did the complaint/IC message occur? While driving and /or charging / or parking? If the complaint occurred while charging, how long after did the complaint/IC message occur? Which charging station was used, which provider (picture if possible)? Attach HV CUL and QT to the case Attach picture of label of AC charger to the case Attach screenshot of AV AC charger Provide the results of the test below Test: Verify AC charging Erase fault codes and verify if fault code P0D9100 The lock for the charging cable has an open circuit returns Check AV of AC charger

11005331

Complaint Only vehicles with a variable transfer case are affected.

Read full bulletin

Can be identified through control unit N45 or N15/7 in the quick test When accelerating with light load, vibrations or jolting sensation may come from the drivetrain Cause Modified oil quality of the transfer case over time Remedy Check initial quick test for faults in the following control units N45 - All-wheel drive (ARS) N127 - 'Drivetrain' (PTCU) control unit Y3/8 - Transmission control for 9-gear transmission (VGS) N3/10 - Engine electronics for combustion engine If faults are present, process them as per the guided test in Xentry If no faults are present: Check the oil level of the transmission If the oil level is correct: Unplug the connector for the transfer cases control unit Reassess the vehicle on a subsequent test drive If the complaint no longer occurs: Perform an oil change of the transfer case Reassess the vehicle following the oil change If the problem continues to occur with the plug removed or after the oil change has been carried out: Create a TIPS case with the following data Initial quick test with fault freeze frame data EEPROM data from Y3/8 Transmission control unit EEPROM data from N45 All-wheel drive Injector performance data

11005313

Complaint Check engine light on and fault code P019185 current or stored in MED41 control unit.

Read full bulletin

Adaptation and misfire faults may also be stored. Vehicle may enter limp home mode. Cause False detection of rail pressure sensor out of range. Remedy Update software of engine control module N3/10. Reset mixture adaptation and clear fault codes.

11005294

Complaint Rear lamps fogged up/not leaktight.

Read full bulletin

Cause Fogging of the rear lamps is a natural phenomenon, which can occur under certain climatic conditions. This does not lead to any technical impairment of the rear lamps. Remedy Rear lamp: Remedy 1: Clearing fogged/condensed rear lamps: 1. Drive the vehicle into the workshop (temperature higher than +18 C/+64.4 F) Note: Do not wash the vehicle or subject it to high-pressure cleaning before the defogging test. 2. Switch off the engine and connect battery support via a charger. 3. Open the trunk. 4. Switch on the exterior lighting. 5. Leave the vehicle in this state for 60 minutes. 6. Check for formation of condensation -> a significant reduction in the formation of condensation must be clearly recognizable (defogging progress).

11003212

Complaint Noticeable vibrations at the steering wheel: At speeds between 40mph and 75mph On straight stretches of road...

Read full bulletin

and in long corners With driver assistance systems switched on Cause Control oscillations in the electric power steering. Remedy Perform software update of electric power steering (N68). Note: Please ensure newest Xentry release software is installed and all addons are updated. After the software update, teach in the steering limitations of the electric power steering again: 1. Start engine 2. Turn steering wheel all the way to the left and briefly hold at the steering limitation 3. Turn steering wheel all the way to the right and briefly hold at the steering limitation 4. Perform a test drive in which you drive at approx. 5-10 km/h in an "8" shape, alternately turning the steering wheel to the steering limitations on the left and right. If vibrations can still be felt following the software update: 1. Connect XENTRY and select control unit N68 - Electric power steering (ES) 2. Switch to the "Adaptations" menu item, then under the "Teach-in processes" item, run the "Special function" in full. 3. NOTE: Coding Parameter 'Shimmy' should be turned off and the actual value should read "Shimmy aus". With this function, parameters of the software are adapted to reduce vibrations in the steering wheel. If vibrations continue to occur in the steering wheel despite this action, please create a TIPS case. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11003210

Complaint In the instrument cluster, the symbol for "12 V battery" and the message "Switch on vehicle" may sporadically be displayed.

Read full bulletin

As a consequence of this, the fault codes B1FCB97 (=> N73/3) and U116000 (=> N73/3*1) are stored in the fault memory. In the subsequent analysis of the 12 V on-board electrical system data, the following parameters are noteworthy (see picture 1 in the attachment): Charge balance negative when stationary. Interior CAN bus is awake for an unusually long time while the vehicle was locked. 12 V battery SOC (state of charge) during subsequent engine start is 45% or less. NOTE: This LI does not apply if the CEL was reported as being on without a 12V message. Once the 12 V battery SOC has exceeded 50% for the first time, the symbol and the message in the instrument cluster disappear again. Cause The door control unit (N69/x) may sporadically keep the interior CAN bus awake. Remedy Update the software and coding on all 4 door control units (N69/1, N69/2, N69/3 and N69/4): To do so, a commissioning process must be started in the door control unit, left-hand front door (N69/1). The remaining door control units (N69/2, N69/3 and N69/4) are commissioned at the same time, in an automated process.( Path: Xentry Scope; Control Units View; TSG-XX (N69/1); Adaptations; Commissioning) The repair software has been available since 02.02.2024 and the new SCN coding since 04.06.2024. The measures are only 100% effective if the combination of "Repair software + new SCN coding" is used. SW item numbers of the repair software: A2069020310 for the door control units on the front doors (N69/1 and N69/2) A2069020410 for the door control units on the rear doors (N69/3 and N69/4)

11003093

Complaint When the pre-entry climate control was activated via Mercedes me connect App, the driver no longer had access...

Read full bulletin

to a cooling output for the vehicle interior once the vehicle had started. Cause If pre-entry climate control is activated, the engine fan should switch on to regulate corresponding temperature and pressure rises in the refrigerant circuit. Since the engine fan is not switched on, high pressure (overpressure) can arise in the refrigerant circuit and consequently switch it off. Remedy Software update in drivetrain control unit (PTCU) Should further complaints arise after the software update, please create a TIPS case with the following information: The customer complaint in detail Current quick test Refrigerant filling quantity Actual values for climate control at the time the complaint occurs High and low-pressure values at the time the complaint occurs

11000615

In the instrument cluster, the symbol for "12 V battery" and the message "Switch on vehicle" may sporadically be displayed.

Read full bulletin

As a consequence of this, the fault codes B1FCB97 (=> N73/3) and U116000 (=> N73/3*1) are stored in the fault memory. In the subsequent analysis of the 12 V on-board electrical system data, the following parameters are noteworthy (see picture 1 in the attachment): Charge balance negative when stationary. Interior CAN bus is awake for an unusually long time while the vehicle was locked. 12 V battery SOC (state of charge) during subsequent engine start is 45% or less. NOTE: This LI does not apply if the CEL was reported as being on without a 12V message. Once the 12 V battery SOC has exceeded 50% for the first time, the symbol and the message in the instrument cluster disappear again. The door control unit (N69/x) may sporadically keep the interior CAN bus awake. NOTE: Exclusively door control units with the HW item numbers A2239019917, A2239010018, A2239010118 and A2239010218 can be affected. Remedy Update the software on all 4 door control units (N69/1, N69/2, N69/3 and N69/4). For this, a commissioning of the door control units must be carried out on all 4 doors (N69/1, N69/2, N69/3 and N69/4). (Path: XENTRY Scope; Control units view; DCU-XX (N69/x); Adaptations; Commissioning) The repair software is available with add-on 28462 for XD DVD 09/23, with add-on 28463 for XD DVD 12/23 and/or as of XD DVD 03/24. SW item numbers of the repair software: A2069020310 for the door control units at the front doors (N69/1 and N69/2) A2069020410 for the door control units at the rear doors (N69/3 and N69/4)

10248182

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY22-24 C-Class, AMG...

Read full bulletin

GT, AMG SL (206, 192, 232 platform) vehicles, the electric engine mount control unit software does not correspond to the latest series production configuration. In this case, a short circuit may be incorrectly detected, and the engine mounts can de-energize. This in turn could lead to changes in the vehicles dynamics and noise complaints from the customer. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the electric engine mount control unit software.

10241510

In the instrument cluster, the symbol for "12 V battery" and the message "Switch on vehicle" may sporadically be displayed.

Read full bulletin

As a consequence of this, the fault codes B 1 FCB97 (=> N73/3) and U 116000 (=> N73/3*1) are stored in the fault memory. In the subsequent analysis of the 12 Von-board electrical system data, the following parameters are conspicuous (see picture 1 in the attachment): Charge balance negative when stationary. Interior CAN bus is awake for an unusually long time. 12 V battery SOC (state of charge) during subsequent engine start is 45% or less. NOTE: Once the 12 V battery SOC has exceeded 50% for the first time, the symbol and the message in the instrument cluster disappear again. The door control unit (N69/x) may sporadically keep the interior CAN bus awake. NOTE: Exclusively door control units with the HW item numbers A2239019917 and A2239010018 can be affected. Open a TIPS case and include the following: 1. Initial Quick Test 2. N73/3 EZS CUL 3. N73/3*1 EZS CUL 4. Date and time of occurrence

10235671

Complaint Play/noise at seat height adjuster or in seat guide rail on front seats Cause Tolerances and variations in...

Read full bulletin

the manufacturing process Remedy Review the barcode adhesive label on cross brace pipe of seat height adjuster. (see attachment). The seat frame base with the seat height adjuster motor can be replaced if the production status is smaller than E101 (pic.1: seat label) If the production status is equal to or greater than E101, please create a TIPS case with video.

10233788

Complaint Check engine light activated Fault codes stored in AMG Drive Unit N145/1 (DRVU3) B1F9713 U015400 U188D00 ...

Read full bulletin

Cause Timing variance on wakeup of ethernet control units Remedy A solution is in development for listed faults in AMG drive unit (DRVU3). Clear fault codes and perform 2 drive cycles allowing vehicle to sleep in between drives. If no fault codes or malfunctions occur, the vehicle can be released to the owner. Note: These fault codes will not lead to other malfunctions or damage to the vehicle.

Infotainment

51 bulletins
11038217

Complaint Clanking noise from the area of the speakers in the doors.

Read full bulletin

Cause Under analysis. Remedy To narrow down the cause, first of all remove the door trim. If the noise continues to occur even with the door trim removed, then continue the diagnosis working towards the speaker and if necessary, create a TIPS case with an informative video as an attachment. Note: Please refer to this document in the warranty claim and, once diagnosis is completed, select the damage code depending on the component part that is causing the issue. If the noise stops when the door trim is removed, please proceed in accordance with LI72.10P067691. Information: In this case, do not use a damage code for the speakers in the warranty claim!

11038174

Complaint Radio station cover art does not refresh when switching stations.

Read full bulletin

The UI continues to show the old stations artwork instead of updating to the new one. Cause When a new station change request is triggered, a temporary glitch is causing the Head Unit application to fail to overwrite the previous request. This glitch is causing the cover art mismatch in the Radio application. Remedy Please do not replace any parts. Please update the Head unit software to E505.9

11037806

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit (" "). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. NOTE: Verify that the concern falls under one of the attachment videos. If not, then it is outside of the scope of this LI. This also does not cover "Traffic Sign Inoperative" messages on the instrument cluster. Cause There are two identified reasons for this concern: 1. Country code information stored incorrectly at a particular geographic latitude range. 2. Incorrect reference data when the vehicle is started and a GPS signal is not immediately available. Remedy Update head unit software to latest version and the recheck function in the same location. NOTE: Updated head unit software for AMG's has NOT been released yet. ETA 12/2026. If vehicle is still exhibiting one of the symptoms as described exactly as in the complaint section or as shown in the video attachments, open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox with the following: Video of the concern. Exact location (latitude and longitude is best)

11037489

Complaint The Apple Music app is no longer available in the head unit apps menu after updating the software of the...

Read full bulletin

(A26/17 MBUX multimedia system + instrument cluster (head unit)) to E333.8 / A236 904 19 00. Cause Head unit software (CIVIC206) Remedy NOTE: Do not replace any component parts The new Apple Music app version is now available. The app should automatically be downloaded and available. If the app is not shown available, check via the MercedesBenz App Store directly in the vehicle and download the app. NOTE: Please refer to this LI in the warranty claim in the "Notes" section!

11036608

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit (" "). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. NOTE: Verify that the concern falls under one of the attachment videos. If not, then it is outside of the scope of this LI. This also does not cover "Traffic Sign Inoperative" messages on the instrument cluster. Cause There are two identified reasons for this concern: 1. Country code information stored incorrectly at a particular geographic latitude range. 2. Incorrect reference data when the vehicle is started and a GPS signal is not immediately available. Remedy Update head unit software to latest version and the recheck function in the same location. If vehicle is still exhibiting one of the symptoms as described exactly as in the complaint section or as shown in the video attachments, open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox with the following: Video of the concern. Exact location (latitude and longitude is best)

11036190

Complaint A popup is seen on the HU with the message "data connection temporarily not available".

Read full bulletin

Potentially affected functionalities in NTG4.5, NTG5 1.Weather 2.Local Search 3.IP Radio 4.Send2Car 5.Speech Detection Service 6.Navigation 7.iHeartRadio 8.Traffic Cams Cause MB Apps is sundowned for all vehicles with NTG4.5 and NTG5 Head Unit Variant. Remedy No support available for NTG4.5 and NTG5 Head Unit Variants for MB App related topics. Note: Please do not create TIPS. Please do not replace any components. HU/Hermes SW update / SCN coding will not fix the issue.

11036101

Complaint Clanking noise from the area of the speakers in the doors.

Read full bulletin

Cause Under analysis. Remedy To narrow down the cause, first of all remove the door trim. If the noise continues to occur even with the door trim removed, then continue the diagnosis working towards the speaker and if necessary, create a TIPS case with an informative video as an attachment. Information: Please refer to this document in the warranty claim and, after completing diagnosis, select the damage code corresponding to the component part that caused the problem. If the noise stops when the door trim is removed, please proceed in accordance with LI72.10-P-067691. Information: In this case, do not use a damage code for the speakers in the warranty claim!

11035016

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit ("- -"). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. NOTE: Verify that the concern falls under one of the attachment videos. If not, then it is outside of the scope of this LI. This also does not cover "Traffic Sign Inoperative" messages on the instrument cluster. Cause There are two identified reasons for this concern: 1. Country code information stored incorrectly at a particular geographic latitude range. 2. Incorrect reference data when the vehicle is started and a GPS signal is not immediately available. Remedy Do not replace parts. Please open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox but read the below carefully: The vehicle must be exhibiting the concern as shown in the attachment videos. The vehicle DOES NOT need to be at the dealer, nor does it need to be brought into the dealership. If the geographic location is known, it is very important that it is provided. Provide any pictures or videos, if available. A new software for the head unit is scheduled for tentative release in Q3 2026.

11034888

Complaint Radio station cover art does not refresh when switching stations.

Read full bulletin

The UI continues to show the old stations artwork instead of updating to the new one. Cause When a new station change request is triggered, a temporary glitch is causing the Head Unit application to fail to overwrite the previous request. This glitch is causing the cover art mismatch in the Radio application. Remedy Please do not replace any parts. The E505.9 software is released and available in XENTRY Q3 2026.

11034538

Complaint 1. "Perform vehicle handover" in the workshop menu to start the maintenance computer for service A/B cannot be carried out.

Read full bulletin

2. Service confirmation is not possible because "Perform vehicle handover" is displayed. This cannot be carried out. 3. The service display in the instrument cluster permanently displays 365 days (remaining time) and does not change. Cause Routine change in the software in N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)). Vehicle handover was not performed. Remedy For model series 290 AMG up to and including AEJ 22 and model series 167 up to and including AEJ 21/2, the following applies: Manually commission already-installed instrument cluster control unit N133/1 and then perform special procedure to re-initialize ASSYST data in N127 powertrain control unit. The following applies to model series 167 from AEJ 22/1 onward, 192 AMG, 206, 214, 223, 232 AMG, 236, 254, 290 AMG from AEJ 23 onward, 294, 295, 296, 297 and 465: Reinitialize ASSYST Plus under Adaptations Teach-in processes ASSYST PLUS in control unit N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)), and then perform the special procedure for reinitializing the ASSYST data in powertrain control unit N127.

11034273

We are experiencing intermittent issues when flashing A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system + Instrument cluster (Head unit)...

Read full bulletin

when using flashing method ethernet to USB-C. Until further notice, please flash via VCI only.

11033855

Complaint Service code B1 displayed in the customer menu does not match the workshop code displayed in the workshop...

Read full bulletin

menu, e.g., 505 or 550A, which includes a service A. Cause The root cause is currently being investigated. Remedy To determine the cause, the instrument cluster control unit (N133/1) and powertrain control unit (N127) logs are required before confirming the service or correction using XENTRY Diagnosis. Please open a TIPS case to BCE inbox with the requested information in the attachments.

11033852

Complaint 1. "Perform vehicle handover" in the workshop menu to start the maintenance computer for service A/B cannot be carried out.

Read full bulletin

2. Service confirmation is not possible because "Perform vehicle handover" is displayed. This cannot be carried out. 3. The service display in the instrument cluster permanently displays 365 days (remaining time) and does not change. Cause Routine change in the software in N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)). Vehicle handover was not performed. Remedy For model series 290 AMG up to and including AEJ 22 and model series 167 up to and including AEJ 21/2, the following applies: Manually commission already-installed instrument cluster control unit N133/1 and then perform special procedure to re-initialize ASSYST data in N127 powertrain control unit. For model series 167 as of AEJ 22/1, 192 AMG, 206, 214, 232 AMG, 236, 254, 290 AMG as of AEJ 23, 294, 295, 296, 297 and 465, the following applies: Reinitialize ASSYST Plus under Adaptations Teach-in processes ASSYST PLUS in control unit N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)), and then perform the special procedure for reinitializing the ASSYST data in powertrain control unit N127.

11033164

Complaint 1. "Perform vehicle handover" in the workshop menu to start the maintenance computer for service A/B cannot be carried out.

Read full bulletin

2. Service confirmation is not possible because "Perform vehicle handover" is displayed. This cannot be carried out. 3. The service display in the instrument cluster permanently displays 365 days (remaining time) and does not change. Cause Routine change in the software in N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)). Vehicle handover was not performed. Remedy For model series 290 AMG up to and including AEJ 22 and model series 167 up to and including AEJ 21/2, the following applies: Manually commission already-installed instrument cluster control unit N133/1 and then perform special procedure to re-initialize ASSYST data in N127 powertrain control unit. For model series 167 as of AEJ 22/1, 192 AMG, 206, 214, 232 AMG, 236, 254, 290 AMG as of AEJ 23, 294, 295, 296, 297 and 465, the following applies: Reinitialize ASSYST Plus under Adaptations Teach-in processes ASSYST PLUS in control unit N133/1 (instrument cluster) or A26/17 (MBUX multimedia system and instrument cluster (head unit)), and then perform the special procedure for reinitializing the ASSYST data in powertrain control unit N127.

11031255

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit ("- -"). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. NOTE: Verify that the concern falls under one of the attachment videos. If not, then it is outside of the scope of this LI. This also does not cover "Traffic Sign Inoperative" messages on the instrument cluster. Cause There are two identified reasons for this concern: 1. Country code information stored incorrectly at a particular geographic latitude range. 2. Incorrect reference data when the vehicle is started and a GPS signal is not immediately available. Remedy No TIPS case is necessary. Do not replace parts. A new software for the head unit is scheduled for tentative release in Q2 2026.

11031218

Complaint Radio station cover art does not refresh when switching stations.

Read full bulletin

The UI continues to show the old stations artwork instead of updating to the new one. Cause When a new station change request is triggered, a temporary glitch is causing the Head Unit application to fail to overwrite the previous request. This glitch is causing the cover art mismatch in the Radio application. Remedy Please do not replace any parts. The robustness measure has been identified and is planned for implementation in the A26/17 E505.9 software. The E505.9 software is expected to be available in XENTRY Q3 2026.

11030290

Complaint Radio station cover art does not refresh when switching stations.

Read full bulletin

The UI continues to show the old stations artwork instead of updating to the new one. Cause Root cause currently being investigated. Remedy Please do not replace any parts. Please create a TIPS case to Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox.

11030089

Complaint The vehicle's position on the map is displayed far away from its actual position, e.g.

Read full bulletin

the vehicle is displayed as being in the middle of the ocean. Note: No relevant DTC is displayed during the quick test. Cause The GNSS antenna is not correctly inserted at the GNSS connection (see picture in the attachment) in the head unit (A26/17). Remedy Insert the plug into the GNSS connection and ensure that the plug has engaged correctly.

11029094

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit ("- -"). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. Cause There are two identified reasons for this concern: 1. Country code information stored incorrectly at a particular geographic latitude range. 2. Incorrect reference data when the vehicle is started and a GPS signal is not immediately available. Remedy No TIPS case is necessary. Do not replace parts. A new software for the head unit is scheduled for tentative release in Q4 2025 to early Q1 2026 to rectify concern.

11028640

Complaint Activating Navigation Please Wait" message seen on central display.

Read full bulletin

Cause Under Analysis Remedy 1.Reset the MBUX language (e.g., if the MBUX language is set to English, please change it to any other language and then set it back to English again) 2.If the issue still persists after the step 1, Perform a user data reset of the Head Unit. If the above 2 steps still don't repair the issue, please open a TIPS case. Note: Please do not replace any parts

11027820

Complaint The vehicle's position on the map is displayed far away from its actual position, e.g.

Read full bulletin

the vehicle is displayed as being in the middle of the ocean. Note: No relevant DTC is displayed during the quick test. Cause The GNSS antenna is not correctly inserted at the GNSS connection (see picture in the attachment) in the head unit (A26/17). Remedy Insert the plug into the GNSS connection and ensure that the plug has engaged correctly.

11024274

Complaint Clanking noise from the area of the speakers in the doors.

Read full bulletin

Cause Under analysis. Remedy To narrow down the cause, first of all remove the door trim. If the noise continues to occur even with the door trim removed, then continue the diagnosis working towards the speaker and if necessary, create a TIPS case with an informative video as an attachment. Note: Please refer to this document in the warranty claim and, once diagnosis is completed, select the damage code depending on the component part that is causing the issue. If the noise stops when the door trim is removed, please proceed in accordance with LI72.10-P-067691. Note: In this case, do not use the damage codes for the speakers in the warranty claim.

11023047

Complaint The Apple Music app is no longer available in the head unit apps menu after updating the software of the...

Read full bulletin

(A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system + instrument cluster (head unit)) to E333.8 / A236 904 19 00. Cause Head unit software (CIVIC206) Remedy NOTE: Do not replace any component parts A remedy is currently being developed and will be communicated once finalized. Once service is restored, the app will be available for download via the Mercedes-Benz App Store directly in the vehicle. NOTE: Please refer to this LI in the warranty claim in the "Notes" section!

11021153

Complaint The "Easy entry and exit feature" function deactivates itself after a brief period.

Read full bulletin

(see attachment). Cause The cause is currently being investigated. Remedy 1. Update the A26/17 MBUX multimedia system (head unit) to the latest software version FUP5 Opt. (E505.4) or newer. 2. Perform a factory reset of the head unit after the update. If the issue continues: Capture a head unit log and a Body CAN trace during the occurrence of the problem. Submit both via a TIPS case to the Telematics team. Note: Only collect and submit the log and trace if the symptom can be reliably reproduced.

11020674

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

instrument cluster software does not correspond to current production specifications. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. The instrument cluster will receive an OTA software update that increases the robustness and system stability for the instrument cluster as well as the head-up display. Additionally, the software update allows for the Automatic Lane Change function to be installed via a subsequent software update and modifies the acoustic warning of the Traffic Sign Assist function. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11017119

Complaint A popup is seen on the HU with the message "data connection temporarily not available".

Read full bulletin

Potentially affected functionalities in NTG4.5, NTG5 1.Weather 2.Local Search 3.IP Radio 4.Send2Car 5.Speech Detection Service 6.E-Navigator 7.iHeartRadio 8.Traffic Cams Cause Analysis ongoing. Remedy Please track the LI for further updates. Note: Please do not create TIPS cases. Please do not replace any components. HU/Hermes SW update / SCN coding will not fix the issue.

11015574

Complaint The message "Device detected at diagnostics connection See Owners Manual" appears sporadically in the...

Read full bulletin

multifunction display of the instrument cluster while driving (see picture in attachment). Cause On vehicles with HERMES 3.0 currently, A2389015700 A2389015800 A2389018400 A2389018900 A2389019000 A2389019800 A2579011200 A2579012100 the above-mentioned message is sporadically displayed in the instrument cluster once the over-the-air updates to software release E843 (software part number A2389022409) have been performed. The issue is currently being analyzed; the cause is still unclear. Remedy Please manually commission the control unit N112/9 (HERMES) using XENTRY: XENTRY. "N112/9 - Control unit for telematics services (HERMES)" -> "Adaptations" -> "Control unit commissioning" -> "Commissioning of previously installed control unit" Invoice the required work using damage code 8251M/01 (damage location/damage type).

11013189

Complaint When using the offroad display in the MBUX, the "Transparent hood" function cannot be activated using the camera symbol.

Read full bulletin

Cause MBUX FUP5 software: E504.3 (A 297 904 97 00) E504.4 (A 297 904 03 01) Remedy Update of head unit A26/17 to the new software: FUP5 opt. E505.4 (A 297 904 05 01)

11013187

Complaint Station logos are no longer displayed in the radio after updating or SCN coding the A26/17 head unit.

Read full bulletin

Cause Without active navigation (code 365), MBUX cannot assign and install the regional database of the station logos. Remedy There is no remedy available. The function is not supported and therefore considered normal operation.

11012836

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-25 C-Class, CLA, EQB,...

Read full bulletin

AMG GT, EQE, EQS, G-CLASS, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, S-CLASS, AMG SL (206, 118, 243, 290, 192, 294, 295, 296, 297, 465, 247, 254, 167, 223, and 232 platform) vehicles, the MBUX multimedia system does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The MBUX multimedia system control unit will receive an OTA software update. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

11012787

Complaint The vehicle's position on the map is displayed far away from its actual position, e.g.

Read full bulletin

the vehicle is displayed as being in the middle of the ocean. Note: In the quick test, no relevant DTC is displayed for this. Cause The GNSS antenna is not correctly inserted at the GNSS connection (see picture in the attachment) in the head unit (A26/17). Remedy Insert the connector into the GNSS connection and ensure that the connector has engaged correctly and is fully seated.

11010970

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-25 C-Class, CLA, EQB,...

Read full bulletin

EQE, EQS, G-Class, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, GT, S-Class, and SL (206, 118, 243, 294, 296, 465, 247, 254, 167, 192, 223, and 232 platform) vehicles, the MBUX multimedia system does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The MBUX multimedia system control unit will receive an OTA software update. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

11010755

Complaint After a control unit replacement of "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)" or the "N112/2 -...

Read full bulletin

control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)", the Digital Extras (previously Mercedes me) cannot be activated. The DTC B15CE00 is active or active+saved. In vehicles with "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)": The message "SOS - service not activated" permanently lights up in the instrument cluster AND the actual value "Error when replacing certificate (CEP.36)" is displayed in the actual values for the activation status under "Registration status" (see picture 1). In the control unit log of the "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)", the registration error "CEP Invalid VIN/UniqueID combination" is displayed. In vehicles with "N112/2 - control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)": The actual value "Error when replacing certificate (CEP.36)" is displayed in the actual values for the activation status under "Registration status" (see picture 1). In the control unit log of the "N112/2 - control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)", the registration error "CEP_ VIN_UNIQUEID_INVALID" is displayed. The emergency call is not impaired. Cause In the event of a control unit replacement, sporadic problems in the back end could result in data from the new control unit not being updated in the back end system. Remedy Please create a TIPS case. In some cases, the problem rectifies itself on its own after a little while.

11010450

Complaint When using the offroad display in the MBUX, the "Transparent hood" function cannot be activated using the camera symbol.

Read full bulletin

Cause MBUX FUP5 software: E504.3 (A 297 904 97 00) E504.4 (A 297 904 03 01) Remedy Update of head unit A26/17 to the new software: E504.5 (A 297 904 09 01)

11008880

Complaint After a control unit replacement of "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)" or the "N112/2 -...

Read full bulletin

control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)", the Digital Extras (previously Mercedes me) cannot be activated. The DTC B15CE00 is active or active+saved. In vehicles with "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)": The message "SOS - service not activated" permanently lights up in the instrument cluster AND the actual value "Error when replacing certificate (CEP.36)" is displayed in the actual values for the activation status under "Registration status" (see picture 1). In the control unit log of the "N112/9 - control unit for telematics services (HERMES)", the registration error "CEP Invalid VIN/UniqueID combination" is displayed. In vehicles with "N112/2 - control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)": The actual value "Error when replacing certificate (CEP.36)" is displayed in the actual values for the activation status under "Registration status" (see picture 1). In the control unit log of the "N112/2 - control unit for telematics services (RAMSES)", the registration error "CEP_ VIN_UNIQUEID_INVALID" is displayed. The emergency call is not impaired. Cause In the event of a control unit replacement, sporadic problems in the back end could result in data from the new control unit not being updated in the back end system. Remedy Please create a TIPS case. In some cases, the problem rectifies itself on its own after a little while.

11007969

Complaint When using the offroad display in the MBUX, the "Transparent hood" function cannot be activated using the camera symbol.

Read full bulletin

Cause MBUX FUP5 software: E504.3 (A 297 904 97 00) E504.4 (A 297 904 03 01) Remedy The remedy is currently being developed.

11006700

Complaint Once the head unit A26/17 is updated to the FUP4 software release E445.0, it may be the case that online...

Read full bulletin

connectivity is no longer available Cause E445.0 FUP4 software release Remedy Update the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (Head unit) software to E445.2 FUP4 Optimized or newer version to resolve the complaint.

11006699

Complaint Radio reception interference and the following DTCs are displayed in the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system...

Read full bulletin

control unit as "active and stored": B19B313 - Antenna 1 open load B19B413 - Antenna 2 open load B19B513 - Antenna 3 open load B19B613 - Antenna 4 open load Cause Antenna amplifier Remedy Replace the antenna amplifier.

11006695

Complaint When using the offroad display in the MBUX, the "Transparent hood" function cannot be activated using the camera symbol.

Read full bulletin

Cause MBUX FUP5 software: E504.3 (A 297 904 97 00) E504.4 (A 297 904 03 01) Remedy The remedy is currently being developed. Note: A remedy is not yet available. Replacing the hardware does not resolve the symptom. Do not replace the MBUX for this concern. The information will be updated accordingly as soon as a remedy is available.

11006593

Complaint The oil level is not correctly displayed while the instrument cluster display is in workshop mode.

Read full bulletin

The oil level is reported in an inverted fashion when a correction is carried out. I.e. instead of an instruction to refill the oil quantity, an instruction to reduce the oil level is displayed, or vice versa. Cause Previous software release for instrument cluster control unit (N133/1) Boot software A2239049101, A2239046801, A2239040802 Remedy Update instrument cluster control unit (N133/1) software using XENTRY Diagnosis

11006547

Complaint Customer states that wireless Apple Carplay does not initiate at start-up.

Read full bulletin

The MBUX Display states "Apple Carplay could not be started. Your device has been connected as a bluetooth phone" Cause Previous MBUX Multimedia System (A26/17) software Remedy Update the MBUX Multimedia System (A26/17) software to version E330.x or newer.

11005315

Complaint The oil level is not correctly displayed while the instrument cluster display is in workshop mode.

Read full bulletin

The oil level is reported in an inverted fashion when a correction is carried out. I.e. instead of an instruction to refill the oil quantity, an instruction to reduce the oil level is displayed, or vice versa. Cause Previous software release for instrument cluster control unit (N133/1) Remedy Update instrument cluster control unit (N133/1) software using XENTRY Diagnosis

11003213

Complaint USB port data storage medium is not recognized, but charging function is still available.

Read full bulletin

We are only aware of this complaint in a few isolated cases and it only occurs intermittently (not in every driving cycle). Cause Multimedia connection unit Remedy Replace the multimedia connection unit. Affected item numbers: A 214 820 81 00 A 223 820 14 05 Manufactured before 10/2023 modified parts have been manufactured since 10/2023.

10252773

The following symptoms may be present in the instrument cluster: 1.

Read full bulletin

"Perform vehicle handover" in the workshop menu to start the maintenance computer for service A/B cannot be carried out. 2. Service confirmation is not possible because "Perform vehicle handover" is displayed. This cannot be carried out. Routine change in software in instrument cluster N133/1. Vehicle handover has not taken place. First manually commission the already installed instrument cluster control unit N133/1 and then perform the special procedure to re-initialize ASSYST data in powertrain control unit N127. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

10252732

This is to notify you of the Service Campaign OTA update for the MBUX control unit software in 14,559 Model Year (MY)...

Read full bulletin

21-23 C-Class, S-Class, SL, EQS (206, 223, 232, 297 platform) vehicles. The vehicles will not be visible or flagged in VMI or EVA. Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-23 C-Class, S-Class, SL, and EQS vehicles (206, 223, 232, 297 platform), the MBUX System software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The MBUX control unit will receive an OTA update that includes functional improvements and new features such as: Dolby Atmos, video streaming, personalized images on the front passenger display, and additional commands for the MBUX Voice Assistant. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

10251192

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 21-24 C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

EQE, EQS, GLC, GLE, GLS, S-Class, SL (206, 294, 295, 296, 297, 254, 167, 223, 232 platform) vehicles, the MBUX System software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The MBUX control unit will receive an OTA update that includes functional improvements and new features such as: Dolby Atmos, video streaming, personalized images on the front passenger display, and additional commands for the MBUX Voice Assistant. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

10249541

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2021-2023...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, EQE, EQS, GLC, S-Class, and SL (206, 294, 295, 296, 297, 254, 223, and 232 platform) vehicles, there is a new software release for the MBUX Infotainment system. This OTA update includes functional improvements and eliminates software errors for a better entertainment experience. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. A letter will be mailed to included customers informing them of this software update.

10241536

Phone call log is not shown in the MBUX display.

Read full bulletin

If the telephone connects with the head unit again, the call log may not be sent. Current software release for the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (Head unit) Currently there is no remedy available. Replacing the hardware will not resolve the symptom. New software for the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system (Head unit) will be made available with software version E444.x (scheduled for Q4/2023)

10240250

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2021-2024...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, EQE, EQE SUV, EQS, EQS SUV, GLC, GLE and S-Class (206, 295, 294, 297, 296, 254, 167 and 223 platform) vehicles, the head unit software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The update is free of charge and will be carried out in the background. The installation will eliminate software errors for a better entertainment experience. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. A workshop visit for the customer is not required since remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle. The OTA may be validated as successful on the customers Mercedes Me connect app under Over-the-Air Vehicle Updates as either Software Update MBUX 2.4 or Software Update Hermes 1.5 E522.8. If the OTA is successful it will show a green installed and date of installation in the Over-the-Air update section.

10235670

Complaint Station logos are no longer displayed in the radio after updating or SCN coding the A26/17 head unit.

Read full bulletin

Cause Under analysis. Remedy Currently, there is no remedy available. Please open a TIPS case for support.

10235669

Complaint Brief connectivity interruptions when using Apple CarPlay over Wi-Fi, for example when driving underneath toll bridges.

Read full bulletin

Cause There may be interruptions to WiFi as a result of external interference. This is particularly observed around toll bridges. Remedy There is currently no remedy and replacing hardware does not resolve the problem. An alternative option would be to use Apple CarPlay wired. In the FUP4 variant of the head unit software (Q1/2024), stability improvements have been made to the Wi-Fi connection.

Body & Paint

21 bulletins
11030295

Complaint The "easy entry and exit feature" function deactivates itself after a brief period.

Read full bulletin

(see attachment) Cause The cause is currently being investigated. Remedy Update the HU7 to the latest software version, then perform a factory reset of the HU7. Steps to perform factory reset: Navigate to Settings > System > Reset > Reset to factory settings and confirm If the problem persists, please record HU7 log and also a trace of the Body CAN (For Star 2 Body Can 1 and for Star 3 Body Can 2) during the symptom and send via a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox. Note: Only collect and submit the log and trace if the symptom can be reliably reproduced.

11028809

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

TIREFIT sealant bottle may not meet specifications. The possibility exists that the sealant bottle may leak or may have otherwise been removed from the vehicle. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will replace the TIREFIT bottle in the trunk.

11024276

Complaint The "Easy entry and exit feature" function deactivates itself after a brief period.

Read full bulletin

(see attachment). Cause The cause is currently being investigated. Remedy Update the HU7 to the latest software version, then perform a factory reset of the HU7. Steps to perform factory reset: Navigate to Settings > System > Reset > Reset to factory settings and confirm. If the problem persists, please record HU7 log and also a trace of the Body CAN (For Star 2 Body Can 1 and for Star 3 Body Can 2) during the symptom and send via a TIPS case to the Telematics team. Note: Only collect and submit the log and trace if the symptom can be reliably reproduced.

11018031

Complaint Individual functions such as sliding sunroof or roller sunblind can no longer be operated using the gesture recognition system.

Read full bulletin

Cause Gesture recognition system control unit software N168 Remedy For vehicles before modification year 23/2: Perform SCN coding in control unit OMSH223 (N168). For vehicles as of modification year 23/2: Considered to be a series production configuration. A change will not be possible in future. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11009122

Complaint Washer fluid system leaks Cause Various possible causes: 1.

Read full bulletin

Washer fluid reservoir itself. 2. Seal on washer fluid pump/washer fluid reservoir. 3. Washer fluid pump. 3.1. Distributor housing leaks. 3.2. Pump fitting leaks. 3.3. Washer fluid hose cannot be snapped into place on pump fitting. 3.4. Washer fluid hose will not stay on pump fitting, although connector OK. 4. Washer fluid line. 4.1 Connector will not stay on pump fitting because it is broken. 4.2 Sealing ring in connector missing. 4.3 Sealing ring in connector fitted, but deformed and therefore leaks. 4.4 Damage to washer line by animal. 5. Seal on heating washer fluid reservoir/washer fluid reservoir. Remedy Replace defective component parts only. Do not replace any adjacent component parts that are intact. Note: Repair kits for washer line hoses do exist to allow patches for line damage.

11008875

Complaint Sliding sunroof panel of panoramic sliding sunroof reversed (temporarily, once, multiple times) during closing...

Read full bulletin

process without entrapment event. Cause It is not possible to save the relearning process for force progression after each actuation. A, e.g. mechanical sluggishness caused by aging cannot be compensated for here. Remedy Perform commissioning of panoramic roof control unit (PSD, A98, TSSR223). Reference to escalation closing during reversing processes (also described in Operators Manual), if vehicle in customer possession (see Video_1): If the panoramic roof blocks up when closing and then opens again slightly (reversing process): Immediately after automatic reversing, wipe forwards on the control panel of the overhead control panel and hold until the panoramic roof is closed. The panoramic roof is closed with greater closing force. If the panoramic roof blocks up again and then opens again slightly (reversing process): repeat previous step. The panoramic roof is closed again with greater closing force.

11007974

Complaint Headlamps leaking or fogged Cause The fogging of the headlamp is a natural phenomenon which can occur under certain climatic conditions.

Read full bulletin

In contrast to a leaky headlamp, physical fogging does not result in a technical impairment of the headlamp. A leak test must be performed to determine if physical fogging exists or if the headlamp is leaky. Remedy In advance, observe LI82.10-P-078301 "Headlamps or Front Fog Lamps Leaking or Fogged". 1. Prepare headlamp/check for external damage: For headlamps with a closed system 1. Check the headlamps for any external damage and check also for correct seating of the Gore-diaphragm/correct latching of the cover caps. 2. If the headlamp exhibits any external damage, replace the headlamp. For headlamps with an open system 1. Check the headlamps for any external damage and seal off the vent then make sure the cover caps are latched correctly into place. 2. If the headlamp exhibits any external damage, replace the headlamp. Note: A headlamp with external damage is not a warranty or goodwill case. 2. Leak test of headlamp with overpressure: Connect test adapter to pressure tester. (Figure 1) Check test adapter for leak tightness. To do so, connect plug and coupling (picture 2) and apply a maximum overpressure of 30 mbar. The pressure must remain constant. If the pressure does not remain constant, use a new adapter. Seal all the outlet openings using sealing compound and the given diaphragm with the plunger (picture 3). (Picture 4) Make allowance for the different headlamp variants here (there are different outlet openings). Check if the headlamp needs to be removed to gain access to the diagnostic socket on the headlamp housing. Plug the adapter onto the diagnostic socket on the headlamp housing. (Picture 5). Apply a maximum of 30 mbar overpressure to the headlamp housing. Note: If the maximum overpressure of 50 mbar is exceeded the headlamp seal will be damaged. If a pressure drop of less than 10 mbar is measured within 30 seconds, the headlamp is not leaky and the problem is down to natural physical fogging. If a pressure drop of more than 10 mbar is measured within 30 seconds, the headlamp is leaky. Note: The leaky position can be localized with the aid of soap suds. Replace any leaky headlamps. Note: Desiccant packs can be installed for headlamps that are not leaky. See: LI82.10-P-064766 Fogged headlamp, desiccant pack installed - open ventilation system LI82.10-P-078304 Fogged headlamp, desiccant pack installed - closed ventilation system

11007796

Complaint Individual functions such as sliding sunroof or roller sunblind can no longer be operated using the gesture recognition system.

Read full bulletin

Cause Gesture recognition system control unit software N168 Remedy For vehicles before modification year 23/2: A remedy is currently being developed. Replacing parts will have no effect. For vehicles as of modification year 23/2: Considered to be a series production configuration. A change will not be possible in future.

11007751

Complaint Indentations in the roof paneling in row bow areas.

Read full bulletin

Note: This is within the surface area of the roof skin when no sunroof is applicable. See attached photo. Cause Flexibility of adhesive joint between roof bow and roof paneling. Remedy 1 - Remove headliner, see AR68.30-P-4300WT. 2 - Cut open adhesive bead in area of visible deformation in roof paneling using a cutting wire at the roof bows. *Caution: Do not damage coating on inside of roof paneling. 3 - Relieve tension of outer skin of roof by applying heat (sun or paint drying booth). 4 - Check again if indentations are still visible. If yes, continue cutting open bead. Otherwise, move on to the next point 5 - Only continue with further operations after roof paneling has cooled down. 6 - Touch up any paint damage on roof bow or inside of roof paneling using touch-up paint pen/primer stick. 7 - Finally, apply adhesive sealing compound using cartridge gun. Apply the material here to the cut open gap and flat onto the surrounding old adhesive sealing compound. Make sure that the adhesive sealing compound makes contact between the roof bow and the roof paneling. 8 - Install headliner, see AR68.30-P-4300WT. Disclaimer NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11006712

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY23-24 GLC, C-Class (254,...

Read full bulletin

206 platform) vehicles, the door control unit software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The door control unit software will receive an OTA update for the SCN coding. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

11000740

An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will replace the TIREFIT bottle in the trunk of your vehicle, free of charge.

Read full bulletin

The bottle may potentially leak and may not be available for use in case of a flat tire. Your vehicle must be brought to a dealer to complete this campaign. Please schedule an appointment by contacting our Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-367-6372, or locate your nearest dealer using the QR code and Find a Dealer section.

11000519

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2023-2024 C-Class, CLE,...

Read full bulletin

E-Class, EQE, EQS, GLC, GLE, GLS, GT, S-Class, and SL vehicles (205, 206, 236, 213, 214, 238, 294, 295, 296, 297, 253, 167, 290, 223, 232 platform), the tire sealant bottle may not meet specifications. The possibility exists that the tire sealant bottle may leak within the installation location. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will replace the TIREFIT bottle in the trunk.

10251125

This is to notify you of the Service Campaign Launch to inspect the weld seam on the trunk lid for a crack on 41 Model...

Read full bulletin

Year (MY) 2023 C-Class (206 platform) vehicles. The vehicles will be visible and flagged in VMI as OPEN on February 16, 2024. Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2023 C-Class (206 platform) vehicles, the weld seam on the trunk lid may not meet current production specifications. It is possible that a crack may be evident on the weld seam. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will inspect the weld seam on the trunk lid and replace the trunk lid, if necessary.

10251115

Seal, B-pillar trim on rear doors cracked in upper area, Production deviation at supplier of B-pillar trim.

Read full bulletin

Replace B-pillar trim through optimized parts. Note: In the event of a problem on only one door, the trim molding of the B-pillar should also be replaced on the other door.

10246053

Seal, B-pillar trim on rear doors cracked in upper area, see picture 1.

Read full bulletin

Production deviation at supplier of B-pillar trim. Replace B-pillar trim through optimized parts.

10241519

Noise at front seats between seat-back lining and function carrier.

Read full bulletin

Noise is caused by friction of the two component parts. Remove the seat-back lining (back panel) of the front seat concerned using a special tool. Via adhesive bonding, affix 2 pieces of felt at the lower seat backrest structure (see pic. 1). Via adhesive bonding, affix 2 pieces of felt in the upper area of the seat backrest at the function carrier (see pic. 2). Pic. 3 shows the function carrier from behind: Begin applying the adhesive bonding of the felt at the edge (see red arrow). Ensure that the adhesive bonding is applied in the center. Then fold the felt forward. Pic. 4 shows the function carrier from the front: Continue to apply the adhesive bonding to the forward fold. Ensure that the adhesive bonding is applied in the center.

10241515

When operating a control point to open the trunk lid or the tailgate, the trunk lock unlocks, but there is no actuation...

Read full bulletin

of the trunk control/tailgate control drive unit (M51/3). Faulty microswitch signal of trunk lock. In the event of a problem, the status of the trunk lock (picture 1) does not change during opening/closing of the trunk lid or tailgate. The function of the interior trunk release is not affected. Replace trunk lock (A85/5).

10240164

Sliding sunroof panel of panoramic sliding sunroof reversed (temporarily, once, multiple times) during closing process without entrapment event.

Read full bulletin

It is not possible to save the relearning process for force progression after each actuation. A, e.g. mechanical sluggishness caused by aging cannot be compensated for here. The teach-in process does not properly save after each actuation. Note: Conditions such as slow operation of the sunroof due to aging of mechanical components cannot be compensated for during this process. Perform SCN Coding of panoramic roof control unit (PSD, A98, TSSR223).

10238429

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain Model Year (MY)...

Read full bulletin

2023 C-Class (206 platform) vehicles, the adhesive seam on the cross-member in the rear area does not correspond to current specifications. As a result, noise may occur in the rear area of the vehicle while driving and the body may be subjected to greater stress in this area.

10238414

Left and/or right front door could scuff or jamb when opening/closing in the rear upper area at the B-pillar cover of...

Read full bulletin

the rear doors, see picture 1 Grub screw of upper hinge of left and/or right front door is loose. 1. Remove the grub screw. 2. Apply thread locking agent to the thread of the grub screw. 3. Install the grub screw and tighten with 23 Nm.

10235666

Complaint Seal, weather trim strip on rear doors detaching in upper area, see picture 1.

Read full bulletin

Cause Production deviation at supplier of weather trim strip. Remedy Replace weather trim strip through optimized parts.

Lighting

18 bulletins
11037379

Dear Dealer Partners, The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed and any existing stock...

Read full bulletin

must be returned to your facing PDC. The deadline for all dealer returns is Thursday, October 8th, 2026. After October 8th, we will no longer accept returns of these parts. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. We will replace all returned parts in accordance with the chart below.

11036345

Dear Mercedes-Benz USA Dealers, The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed, and any...

Read full bulletin

existing stock must be returned to your facing PDC. The deadline for all dealer returns is no later than Thursday, September 3rd, 2026. After September 3rd, returns of these parts will no longer be accepted. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. All returned parts will be replaced in accordance with the chart provided below.

11034983

Dear Mercedes-Benz USA Dealers, The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed, and any...

Read full bulletin

existing stock must be returned to your facing PDC. The deadline for all dealer returns is no later than Thursday, July 23rd, 2026. After July 23rd, returns of these parts will no longer be accepted. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. All returned parts will be replaced in accordance with the chart provided below.

11034064

Dear Mercedes-Benz USA Dealers, The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed, and any...

Read full bulletin

existing stock must be returned to your facing PDC. The deadline for all dealer returns is no later than Thursday, July 9, 2026. After July 9th, returns of these parts will no longer be accepted. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. All returned parts will be replaced in accordance with the chart provided below.

11033185

Complaint After successful commissioning of the HERMES control unit (N112/9) with XENTRY Diagnosis DVD 03/2026, the...

Read full bulletin

message "SOS - service not activated" appears on the instrument cluster. In addition, the following two conditions are also met: HERMES (N112/9) control unit: event code B15CE00 is ACTIVE and STORED (A+S) Vehicle Documentation System: For the HERMES control unit, the EID1, EID2, ICCID, IMEI, IMSI, TELNR fields in the "Identification/Serial number" column have the value "-" Cause Still under analysis Remedy Recommission the HERMES control unit (N112/9) with XENTRY Diagnosis 03/2026 and add-on 33399 installed or carry out the procedure with a newer version of XENTRY Diagnosis: XENTRY "N112/9 - Control unit for telematics services (HERMES)" -> "Adaptations" -> "Control unit commissioning" -> "Commissioning of previously installed control unit"

11033050

Dear Mercedes-Benz USA Dealers, The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed, and any...

Read full bulletin

existing stock must be returned to your facing PDC. The deadline for all dealer returns is no later than Thursday, June 11, 2026. After June 11th, returns of these parts will no longer be accepted. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. All returned parts will be replaced in accordance with the chart provided below.

11032736

The part numbers listed in the chart below should no longer be installed, and any existing stock must be returned to your facing PDC.

Read full bulletin

The deadline for all dealer returns is no later than Thursday, June 4, 2026. After June 4th, returns of these parts will no longer be accepted. These parts should be returned via ZSR Special Return, using item category SCM Authorized Part Return. Please include a copy of this NCU as your authorization to return these parts. This procedure will not affect your return allowance. All returned parts will be replaced in accordance with the chart provided below.

11031198

Complaint Optical irregularity in the light guide of the ambient lighting.

Read full bulletin

Cause Exposure to external factors, e.g. cleaning or disinfecting agents, creams, mechanical stress, or impacts. Remedy The assessment of the complaint must be carried out from the normal seat position. Turn on ambient lighting and set to maximum brightness. The vehicle must be inside the workshop; the interior must not be exposed to any direct light (e.g., sunlight or strong interior lighting). If neither function nor lighting pattern of the ambient lighting is impaired, no warranty or goodwill claim is to be submitted.

11022385

Complaint Message in Instrument Cluster for "Active Distance Assist not enabled, but can be purchased subsequently" even...

Read full bulletin

if Digital Extra: Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (207) has already been activated/purchased via the application. Cause On some vehicles with Digital Extra: Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (code 207), it may be that the function cannot be enabled via the application or is no longer available in the "vehicle back end". Remedy Please open a case with the Customer Care Center ("CCC") to reactivate function on the "vehicle back end".

11022204

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

charging function does not correspond to the current series production configuration. The charging system software will be updated to stabilize the charging function of the vehicle. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11020951

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has updated driver assistance system software available for certain subject vehicles.

Read full bulletin

The updated software improves system stability and enhances the robustness of the driver assistance system. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11019782

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has updated driver assistance system SCN coding available for certain subject vehicles.

Read full bulletin

The updated SCN coding improves system stability and enhances the availability of driver assistance features. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote SCN coding updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11015640

Complaint During a phone call, the called party has difficulty understanding/cannot understand the driver, or...

Read full bulletin

interference/background noises are audible to the called party during a call. It becomes increasingly difficult to understand as the speed rises. Cause A. Seating of the microphones in the headliner. Side edges are covered by the textile cover (see picture "1") B. Assembly of microphones (B25/20 or B25/21) in the headliner. C. Dirt inside the microphone housing Remedy 1. Press finger on rear of microphone (on adhesive tape) 2. Remove microphone cap from the front 3. Eliminate protruding material residues of the microphone cutout at the headliner, e.g. with a soldering iron. The microphone must be seated in the headliner as shown in picture "2". 4. Push microphone from behind until it is firmly pressed into the headliner 5. Maintain pressure and press/clip cap into microphone from the front. Note: The cover cap must be clearly heard and felt to engage. 6. This procedure must be carried out on both microphones (B25/20 and B25/21) Note: It is recommended to replace the cover caps. The non-woven cloth in the cover cap protects the microphone from soiling and must not be removed. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11008091

Complaint During a phone call, the called party has difficulty understanding/cannot understand the driver, or...

Read full bulletin

interference/background noises are audible to the called party during a call. It becomes increasingly difficult to understand as the speed rises. Cause A. Seating of the microphones in the headliner. Side edges are covered by the textile cover (see picture "1") B. Assembly of microphones (B25/20 or B25/21) in the headliner. C. Dirt inside the microphone housing Remedy 1. Press finger on rear of microphone (on adhesive tape) 2. Remove microphone cap from the front 3. Eliminate protruding material residues of the microphone cutout at the headliner, e.g. with a soldering iron. The microphone must be seated in the headliner as shown in picture "2". 4. Push microphone from behind until it is firmly pressed into the headliner 5. Maintain pressure and press/clip cap into microphone from the front. Note: The cover cap must be clearly heard and felt to engage. 6. This procedure must be carried out on both microphones (B25/20 and B25/21) Note: It is recommended to replace the cover caps. The non-woven cloth in the cover cap protects the microphone from soiling and must not be removed. NOTE: The information contained in this document is intended for use by trained, professional technicians with the knowledge to properly and safely perform diagnosis and repairs on Mercedes-Benz vehicles, using Mercedes-Benz approved tools and equipment. It informs service technicians about conditions that could occur in certain vehicles and provides information that could assist in proper vehicle diagnosis, service, or repair. It does not indicate that a defect is present in any vehicle referenced in this document nor does it imply warranty coverage. DO NOT assume that a symptom or condition, or a described cause of a symptom or condition, affects any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles, or that a described repair applies to any particular vehicle or groups of vehicles. There can be multiple causes resulting in the same or similar symptoms or conditions described in this document, and trained professional service technicians must use their diagnostic skills to make evaluations on a case-by-case basis. The information contained in this document does not guarantee warranty coverage nor does it extend the vehicles warranty in any way.

11000541

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-24 C-Class, CLA, EQB,...

Read full bulletin

EQE, EQS, GLA, GLB, GLC, GLE, GLS, GT, S-Class, and SL (118, 167, 192, 206, 223, 232, 243, 247, 254, 290, 294, 295, 296 and 297 platform) vehicles, the MBUX system software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The MBUX system will receive an OTA update that includes general product improvements and robustness enhancements for a better entertainment experience. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

11000518

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-23 C-Class and S-Class...

Read full bulletin

vehicles (206, 223 platform), the software for the ISA control unit may not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The possibility exists that the function of the ISA may not be restricted with an active Malfunction Indicator Lamp. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the ISA control unit software in the affected vehicles.

10248210

Mercedes-Benz AG ("MBAG"), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-24 C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

EQE, EQS, S-Class (206, 294/295, 296/297 and 223 platform) vehicles, the inductive charging system software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The inductive charging system will receive an OTA update that includes improvements for the wireless charging of the Apple iPhone 14 and subsequent generations with MagSafe. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customer's vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. All customers will be mailed a letter informing them of this OTA software update.

10248206

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY21-24 C-Class,...

Read full bulletin

EQE, EQS, S-Class (206, 294/295, 296/297 and 223 platform) vehicles, the inductive charging system software does not correspond with the latest series production configuration. The inductive charging system will receive an OTA update that includes improvements for the wireless charging of the Apple iPhone 14 and subsequent generations with MagSafe. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit. No customer letter will be mailed for this OTA software update.

Transmission

18 bulletins
11037228

Complaint During part of the steering movement, it feels heavier or more difficult to steer in the same spot every time.

Read full bulletin

OR Rattling, humming, dry sliding/gravel noise from the electric steering system when steering (see attachment). Complaint does not impact the ability to safely steer or control the vehicle. Cause Ball screw drive (KGT) of electric steering damaged by: 1. External force due to: Hitting the curb/posts with the front wheels. Driving over obstacles (e.g. pothole/ threshold/ speed bump/ gully) at an inappropriate speed. 2. Corrosion/ water ingress through a damaged boot (see attachment). Cracks (1) High pressure cleaner (2) Animal bite (3) See various examples listed in the attachments for examples of outside influence. Remedy Remove boot clamps closest to steering gear housing on both left and right (as seen in "Steering Rack Boot Clamp Location"). Pull back boot and inspect for rust, broken end stops, water, or any other anomalies. Replace electric steering. Note: Steering gears replaced due to outside influence or damage must not be claimed under warranty!

11035780

Complaint Mercedes-Benz USA is currently experiencing limited availability of transmission fluid specification ATF...

Read full bulletin

236.17 due to a global supply constraint. 236.17 ATF 1L and 5L (PNs: A002989060312 and A002989060313) bottles are out of stock or in limited supply at Zep. This LI has been created with the following intention: - Provide dealers with additional workshop-focused guidance regarding the current ATF 236.17 supply constraint and the planned introduction of ATF 236.18. - Supplement existing communications and address common workshop questions related to maintenance, repairs, and fluid applicability. - Provide technical clarification and practical workshop guidance during the temporary supply constraint period. Dealers should continue to reference the latest News Channel Updates (NCUs) for the most current information regarding availability, ordering processes, supply status, and other related updates. Cause Damage to the Shell production facility has resulted in 236.17 oil supply being reduced to 50% of normal output until the end of 2026. Remedy Please first check Latest NCU updates for latest detailed information. Please continue placing orders through Paragon as normal. Supply is expected to remain reduced and allocation measures are currently in place. We ask for your patience through this restricted supply period. Most orders will be filled in the order in which they were received, as supply is replenished. Those dealers with zero inventory, and pending orders, will receive priority. We expect supply to be stabilized in September 2026. Approved Fluids: Only use transmission fluid from the approved list found on the Mercedes-Benz Operating Fluids website. Non-approved fluid will result in mechanical damage to the transmission and must be avoided. https://operatingfluids.mercedes-benz.com/sheet/236.17 Approved fluids can be claimed as follows if there is no Mercedes-Benz part number: Part # ATFSUB1L - TRANSMISSION FLUID 1 LITER ATFSUB5L - TRANSMISSION FLUID 5 LITER Dealerships with Zero Inventory AND Grounded Vehicles: If a vehicle is currently grounded for repair at your dealer due to no 236.17 inventory, we may be able to expedite your order. Please open a StarSupport ticket including the following information: (Parts Related Inquiry>National Accounts>Zep) LI document number Short explanation of repair needed for grounded vehicle Current days down of RO Maintenance and Service Interval Guidance Published maintenance intervals remain unchanged. Vehicles should continue to be maintained in accordance with the applicable maintenance schedule. This LI does not revise or extend any published maintenance interval requirements. If all required parts and materials are not available prior to scheduling or beginning a transmission service, dealers should consider postponing routine preventative transmission maintenance until the necessary parts become available. For vehicles that have not yet reached the applicable maintenance interval and do not exhibit transmission-related concerns, there is no need to recommend preventative transmission services prior to the scheduled maintenance interval. When evaluating whether routine transmission maintenance can be deferred until parts become available, dealers should consider: Overall vehicle condition Vehicle usage and operating conditions Presence of transmission-related symptoms or customer complaints Customer expectations and vehicle operating requirements Availability of required parts and materials Introduction of New Fluid Specification 236.18 Mercedes-Benz is currently preparing the introduction of ATF 236.18 as an additional approved transmission fluid solution for applicable NAG3 transmissions. At the time of publication of this LI, ATF 236.18 is not yet available for dealer ordering or workshop use in the U.S. market. See attachment for further details.

11031558

Complaint The intent of this document is to provide workshops with helpful technical reference language.

Read full bulletin

Commonly used acronyms in LI's and TIPS cases. Control unit names, numbers, and how to identify. Network/wiring architecture groups to baumuster quick reference. Platform to baumuster quick reference. Cause Information only Remedy Acronyms: AV = Actual Values CPR = Car Package Release (For MB.OS) CU = Control Unit CUL = Control Unit Log DTC = Diagnostic Trouble Code E-Stand = Fresh-up head unit boot software (found in head unit control unit log) FUP = Fresh-up FW = Firmware HSVL = High Speed Video Line HU = Head Unit HW = Hardware IPD = Injector Performance Data ISU = Initial Start Up LVDS = Low Voltage Differential Signal NAG"x" = New Automatic Gearbox ("x" is the generation number, example: NAG3) NSFT = Not Safe For Transport MOPF = Model Facelift (Ex: 167 MOPF) PiH = Plug-in Hybrid SA Code = Sonderausstattungscode (Option Code) SCN = Software Calibration Number SW = Software TCU = Telecommunication Control Unit (Hermes/Ramses/Etc...) QT = Quicktest XD = XENTRY Diagnosis Control Unit Identification: Refer to the attachment "Control Unit Nomenclature" for location of each. Control Unit Name Control Unit Number Control Unit Short name Control Unit Diogenes ("dy-oj-uh-neez") name - Control unit variant/family. Network/Wiring Architecture to Baumuster Quick Reference: Star 1 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 166, 176, 221, 242, 246, 292 906 Star 2 205, 213, 238, 253, 257, 290 (MRA) 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 118, 177, 243, 247 (MFA2) 167, 222, 292, 463, 465 907 Star 3 294, 295, 296, 297 (EVA2) 206, 214, 223, 236, 254 (MRA2) 192 and 232 (MSA) Star 3.5 174 178 Platform to Baumuster Quick Reference: MRA = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture": 205 213 222 238 253 257 290 MRA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture - Generation 2": 206 214 223 236 254 MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" 174 178

11030301

Complaint The intent of this document is to provide workshops with helpful technical reference language.

Read full bulletin

Commonly used acronyms in LI's and TIPS cases. Control unit names, numbers, and how to identify. Network/wiring architecture groups to baumuster quick reference. Platform to baumuster quick reference. Cause Information only Remedy Acronyms: AV = Actual Values CU = Control Unit CUL = Control Unit Log DTC = Diagnostic Trouble Code E-Stand = Fresh-up head unit boot software (found in head unit control unit log) FUP = Fresh-up FW = Firmware HSVL = High Speed Video Line HU = Head Unit HW = Hardware IPD = Injector Performance Data ISU = Initial Start Up LVDS = Low Voltage Differential Signal NAG"x" = New Automatic Gearbox ("x" is the generation number, example: NAG3) NSFT = Not Safe For Transport MOPF = Model Facelift (Ex: 167 MOPF) PiH = Plug-in Hybrid P3 Hybrid = AMG Plug-in Hybrid with rear drive unit SA Code = Sonderausstattungscode (Option Code) SCN = Software Calibration Number SW = Software TCU = Telecommunication Control Unit (Hermes/Ramses/Etc...) QT = Quicktest XD = XENTRY Diagnosis Control Unit Identification: Refer to the attachment "Control Unit Nomenclature" for location of each. Control Unit Name Control Unit Number Control Unit Short name Control Unit Diogenes ("dy-oj-uh-neez") name - Control unit variant/family. Network/Wiring Architecture to Baumuster Quick Reference: Star 1 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 166, 176, 221, 242, 246, 292 906 Star 2 205, 213, 238, 253, 257, 290 (MRA) 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 118, 177, 243, 247 (MFA2) 167, 222, 292, 463, 465 907 Star 3 294, 295, 296, 297 (EVA2) 206, 214, 223, 236, 254 (MRA2) 192 and 232 (MSA) Star 3.5 174 178 Platform to Baumuster Quick Reference: MRA = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture": 205 213 222 238 253 257 290 MRA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture - Generation 2": 206 214 223 236 254 MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" 174 178

11027782

Complaint The intent of this document is to provide workshops with helpful technical reference language.

Read full bulletin

Commonly used acronyms in LI's and TIPS cases. Control unit names, numbers, and how to identify. Network/wiring architecture groups to baumuster quick reference. Platform to baumuster quick reference. Cause Information only Remedy Acronyms: AV = Actual Values CU = Control Unit CUL = Control Unit Log DTC = Diagnostic Trouble Code E-Stand = Fresh-up head unit boot software (found in head unit control unit log) FUP = Fresh-up FW = Firmware HSVL = High Speed Video Line HU = Head Unit HW = Hardware IPD = Injector Performance Data ISU = Initial Start Up LVDS = Low Voltage Differential Signal NAG"x" = New Automatic Gearbox ("x" is the generation number, example: NAG3) NSFT = Not Safe For Transport MOPF = Model Facelift (Ex: 167 MOPF) PiH = Plug-in Hybrid P3 Hybrid = AMG Plug-in Hybrid with rear drive unit SA Code = Sonderausstattungscode (Option Code) SCN = Software Calibration Number SW = Software TCU = Telecommunication Control Unit (Hermes/Ramses/Etc...) QT = Quicktest XD = XENTRY Diagnosis Control Unit Identification: Refer to the attachment "Control Unit Nomenclature" for location of each. Control Unit Name Control Unit Number Control Unit Short name Control Unit Diogenes ("dy-oj-uh-neez") name - Control unit variant/family. Network/Wiring Architecture to Baumuster Quick Reference: Star 1 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 166, 176, 221, 242, 246, 292 Star 2 205, 213, 238, 253, 257, 290 (MRA) 117, 156, 246 (MFA) 118, 177, 243, 247 (MFA2) 167, 222, 292, 463, 465, 906 Star 3 294, 295, 296, 297 (EVA2) 206, 214, 223, 236, 254 (MRA2) 192 and 232 (MSA) 907 Platform to Baumuster Quick Reference: MRA = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture": 205 213 222 238 253 257 290 MRA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Rearwheel Architecture - Generation 2": 206 214 223 236 254 MFA = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture" 117 156 246 MFA2 = "Mercedes-Benz Frontwheel Architecture - Generation 2" 118 177 243 247 EVA1.5 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture" 243 EVA2 = "Electric Vehicle Architecture - Generation 2" 294 295 296 297 MSA = "Mercedes-Benz Sport Architecture" 192 232 MMA = "Mercedes-Benz Modular Architecture" 174

11026835

Complaint The flap of the reversing camera opens and closes by itself during forward travel several times during the trip.

Read full bulletin

No camera image is displayed in the head unit. The reversing camera or the 360 system functions normally when activated manually or by engaging drive range "R". Cause This is not a malfunction, but an intended system behavior. Calibration of the reversing camera is in progress. The calibration is completed by: Opening the camera cover for a maximum of 5 cumulative minutes. If the vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. If calibration is aborted by exceeding one of the above conditions, the camera retracts and the calibration will re-attempt once the conditions are achieved and the speed returns to the range of 18 km/h (~11 MPH). Remedy SCN code PARK213M on MFA2 facelift vehicles produced after 09/2024 (A-Class, CLA, GLA, etc...) so the complete calibration speed window is available. For vehicles with PARK213M or PARK223 a calibration is completed successfully by: Driving forward (typically less than 1 minute). Vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. During daylight. Without a vehicle following too closely (camera must be able to see asphalt). When calibration has completed successfully, the camera door closes automatically for the rest of the driving cycle. The camera will now only open if the customer requests (Example: Engaging reverse gear). The calibration of the camera will re-initiate every drive cycle (ignition change). The customer can generally perform calibration at the first attempt while briefly maintaining a speed range of 15 km/ h (~9 MPH) and 35 km/h (~22 MPH). The customer can therefore play a significant role in reducing the camera door noise and actuation frequency.

11025648

Complaint Single throttle lift-off clunking noise from the side shaft when moving off (audible at the outboard end).

Read full bulletin

The clunk is heard once when changing from forward to reverse (and vice versa). Note: Sound file in attachment Cause If the complaint is eliminated by experimentally loosening the outboard collar nut (by 1 turn), the problem is due to micromovement in the connection between the wheel bearing inner race and the joint housing of the side shaft. Note: The collar nut must always be replaced after being loosened and must be tightened to the specified torque. Remedy Coat contact surface of side shaft with wheel bearing with Molykote paint. To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove outboard side shafts (extract outer joint gearing from wheel hub) 2. Clean contact surface A (see picture file in attachment "Outer joint housing before") before coating with Molykote, using "spirit" (free of dust and grease) 3. Coat contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing after") using Molykote and leave to dry for one hour in removed condition 4. Reinstall side shafts Note: Before using the antifriction coating (Molykote), stir or shake it well (for at least 1 minute).

11025150

Complaint A harsh 5-4 downshift can be felt during deceleration while braking or coasting.

Read full bulletin

It may be mistaken for a hard brake engagement Cause Poor learning of brake B06 adaptation values over time. Remedy Short-term remedy: 1. Perform IPR and follow the instructions. 2. Perform resetting of deceleration values (VGS > Special Procedures > Special procedure > Resetting learned values Deceleration mode) 3. Perform standard adaptation 4. Reevaluate the concern and release vehicle if no longer present Note: ALL steps (resetting learned values and standard adaptation) must be completed to fully resolve the complaint. Long-term measure: Aftersales software is currently in development.

11019018

Complaint Single throttle lift-off clunking noise from the side shaft when moving off (audible at the outboard end).

Read full bulletin

The clunk is heard once when changing from forward to reverse (and vice versa). Note: Sound file in attachment Cause If the complaint is eliminated by experimentally loosening the outboard collar nut (by 1 turn), the problem is due to micromovement in the connection between the wheel bearing inner race and the joint housing of the side shaft. Note: The collar nut must always be replaced after being loosened and must be tightened to the specified torque. Remedy Coat contact surface of side shaft with wheel bearing with Molykote paint. To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove outboard side shafts (extract outer joint gearing from wheel hub) 2. Clean contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing before") before coating with Molykote, using "spirit" (free of dust and grease) 3. Coat contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing after") using Molykote and leave to dry for one hour in removed condition 4. Reinstall side shafts

11014608

Complaint The flap of the reversing camera opens and closes by itself during forward travel several times during the trip.

Read full bulletin

No camera image is displayed in the head unit. The reversing camera or the 360 system functions normally when activated manually or by engaging drive range "R". Cause This is not a malfunction, but an intended system behavior. Calibration of the reversing camera is in progress. The calibration is completed by: Opening the camera cover for a maximum of 5 cumulative minutes. If the vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. If calibration is aborted by exceeding one of the above conditions, the camera retracts and the calibration will re-attempt once the conditions are achieved and the speed returns to the range of 18 km/h (~11 MPH). Remedy SCN code PARK213M on MFA2 facelift vehicles produced after 09/2024 (A-Class, CLA, GLA, etc...) so the complete calibration speed window is available. For vehicles with PARK213M or PARK223 a calibration is completed successfully by: Driving forward (typically less than 1 minute). Vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. During daylight. Without a vehicle following too closely (camera must be able to see asphalt). When calibration has completed successfully, the camera door closes automatically for the rest of the driving cycle. The camera will now only open if the customer requests (Example: Engaging reverse gear). The calibration of the camera will re-initiate every drive cycle (ignition change). The customer can generally perform calibration at the first attempt while briefly maintaining a speed range of 15 km/ h (~9 MPH) and 35 km/h (~22 MPH). The customer can therefore play a significant role in reducing the camera door noise and actuation frequency.

11014576

Complaint The flap of the reversing camera opens and closes by itself during forward travel several times during the trip.

Read full bulletin

No camera image is displayed in the head unit. The reversing camera or the 360 system functions normally when activated manually or by engaging drive range "R". Cause This is not a malfunction, but an intended system behavior. Calibration of the reversing camera is in progress. The calibration is completed by: Opening the camera cover for a maximum of 5 cumulative minutes. If the vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. If calibration is aborted by exceeding one of the above conditions, the camera retracts and the calibration will re-attempt once the conditions are achieved and the speed returns to the range of 18 km/h (~11 MPH). Remedy SCN code PARK213M on MFA2 facelift vehicles produced after 09/2024 (A-Class, CLA, GLA, etc...) so the complete calibration speed window is available. For vehicles with PARK213M or PARK223 a calibration is completed successfully by: Driving forward (typically less than 1 minute). Vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. During daylight. Without a vehicle following too closely (camera must be able to see asphalt). When calibration has completed successfully, the camera door closes automatically for the rest of the driving cycle. The camera will now only open if the customer requests (Example: Engaging reverse gear). The calibration of the camera will re-initiate every drive cycle (ignition change). The customer can generally perform calibration at the first attempt while briefly maintaining a speed range of 15 km/h (~9 MPH) and 35 km/h (~22 MPH). The customer can therefore play a significant role in reducing the camera door noise and actuation frequency.

11013298

Complaint Single throttle lift-off clunking noise from the side shaft when moving off (audible at the outboard end).

Read full bulletin

The clunk is heard once when changing from forward to reverse (and vice versa). Cause If the complaint is eliminated by experimentally loosening the outboard collar nut (by 1 turn), the problem is due to micromovement in the connection between the wheel bearing inner race and the joint housing of the side shaft. Note: The collar nut must always be replaced after being loosened and must be tightened to the specified torque. Remedy Coat contact surface of side shaft with wheel bearing with Molykote paint. To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove outboard side shafts (extract outer joint gearing from wheel hub) 2. Clean contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing before") before coating with Molykote, using "spirit" (free of dust and grease) 3. Coat contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing after") using Molykote and leave to dry for one hour in removed condition 4. Reinstall side shafts Note: Before using the antifriction coating (Molykote), stir it or shake it thoroughly for (at least 1 minute).

11013086

Complaint The flap of the reversing camera opens and closes by itself during forward travel several times during the trip.

Read full bulletin

No camera image is displayed in the head unit. The reversing camera or the 360 system functions normally when activated manually or by engaging drive range "R". Cause This is not a malfunction, but an intended system behavior. Calibration of the reversing camera is in progress. The calibration is completed by: Opening the camera cover for a maximum of 5 cumulative minutes. If the vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. If calibration is aborted by exceeding one of the above conditions, the camera retracts and the calibration will re-attempt once the conditions are achieved and the speed returns to the range of 18 km/h (~11 MPH). Remedy SCN code PARK213M on MFA2 facelift vehicles produced after 09/2024 (A-Class, CLA, GLA, etc...) so the complete calibration speed window is available. For vehicles with PARK213M or PARK223 a calibration is completed successfully by: Driving forward (typically less than 1 minute). Vehicle speed is < 35 km/h (<22 MPH). The steering wheel angle is < 10. During daylight. Without a vehicle following too closely (camera must be able to see asphalt). When calibration has completed successfully, the camera door closes automatically for the rest of the driving cycle. The camera will now only open if the customer requests (Example: Engaging reverse gear). The calibration of the camera will re-initiate every drive cycle (ignition change). The customer can generally perform calibration at the first attempt while briefly maintaining a speed range of 15 km/h (~9 MPH) and 35 km/h (~22 MPH). The customer can therefore play a significant role in reducing the camera door noise and actuation frequency.

11010907

Complaint The flap of the reversing camera opens and closes by itself during forward travel.

Read full bulletin

This happens several times during the trip. The customer notices the sound of opening and closing. No camera image is displayed in the head unit. The reversing camera or the 360 system functions normally when activated manually or by engaging drive range "R". This behavior occurs again during each driving cycle. Cause This is not a malfunction, but an intended system behavior: Calibration of the reversing camera is in progress. For this, the cover on the camera is opened for max. 5 cumulative minutes in forward travel. The calibration can be performed if the vehicle speed is < 35 km/h and the steering wheel angle is < 10 (for early vehicles from MFA2 facelift model series such as A-Class, CLA, etc., the 35 km/h (~22 MPH) opening limit may only be reached after the SCN coding is replaced). If the speed of 35 km/h (~22 MPH) is exceeded, the camera retracts and the calibration is therefore aborted. The sequence is started again once the speed returns to the range of 18 km/h (~11 MPH). Remedy Complete the calibration successfully. For this, the vehicle must be driven forwards for a certain time (usually significantly less than one minute) at a speed < 35 km/h (~22 MPH) and a steering wheel angle < 10. This should occur during daylight and without a vehicle following too closely (the camera must be able to see the asphalt). When calibration is successful, the camera flap closes automatically at an unchanged speed. For the rest of the driving cycle, the camera now only opens if the customer requests this, for example by applying the reverse gear. When starting a new driving cycle (ignition change), another calibration is required. The customer can generally perform calibration at the first attempt when a speed in the range between 15 km/h (~9 MPH) and 35 km/h (~22 MPH) is briefly maintained and can therefore play a significant role in reducing the actuation frequency and therefore also the noticeability of the noise to a minimum. In the case of early MFA2 facelift vehicles (A-Class, CLA, etc.), the parking control unit may have to be SCN-coded again to have the complete speed window available for the calibration.

11008873

Complaint Tension-releasing impact of the propeller shaft with the force-free in D "KID" function, after vehicle has stopped.

Read full bulletin

Cause The tension-releasing jolt in the drivetrain originates as a result of the "release" of energy stored when braking through the force-free switch after stopping. It is suspected that the longitudinal bearing is being placed under tension here as a result of the vehicle "dropping off". Remedy 1. Mark the installation position of the joint prior to the removal (picture a+b). This is important for vehicles with a weighted drivetrain ex factory to ensure correct installation after operations have been completed. 2. Clean and degrease propeller shaft toothing. The toothing must be free of grease, e.g. through the use of a brake cleaner. Do not use wire brushes, else the surface could be damaged (picture c). 3. Coat propeller shaft toothing with A 000 989 16 08 Antifriction coating. Coat the entirety, ensuring that the subsurface is no longer visible. When doing so, only coat the outer toothing. Ensure that the coat is not too thick, otherwise the coating could chip (picture d). 4. Observe the drying time of at least 1 hour. 5. Lightly grease the propeller shaft toothing at the outer and inner toothing with A 001 989 44 51 12 Grease (picture e).

11005344

Complaint Customer complaints relating to automatic transmission 725.0 (NAG3 Classic / 9G-TRONIC automatic transmission)...

Read full bulletin

and 725.1 (NAG3 facelift/9G-TRONIC automatic transmission facelift) For faster, more effective and more targeted diagnosis, Intelligent Predictive Repair (IPR) has been developed and integrated into XENTRY Diagnosis. This ensures an automated diagnosis process. Cause As part of the on-going quality monitoring process and associated quality and damaged part appraisals, a high number of ineffective repairs have been discovered. Such ineffective repairs have a negative impact on all those involved. For the customer, it means high costs and long repair times and for the dealer, it may result in the warranty claim being rejected. Remedy General note: IPR is available for: NAG3 Classic (automatic transmission 725.0) NAG3 - AMG sports models (AMG 43 and AMG 53 with converter) NAG3 - AMG 63 NAG3 - Hybrid

11005314

Complaint Yellow Coolant warning comes on in cluster Fault codes below are current or stored in MED41 P0A0500- The...

Read full bulletin

actuation of the circulation pump for the low-temperature circuit has an open circuit. P00B700- The coolant flow is too low. P0C7300- Circulation pump 1 for the low-temperature circuit has a malfunction. Cause Air may be trapped in the coolant circuit for transmission cooler Remedy Check coolant level. -If coolant level is low, locate source of leak and correct. -If coolant level is ok, perform procedure in attached instructions to bleed the coolant circuit to transmission cooler. 1. Allow cooling system to cool to ambient temperature. 2. Fill coolant reservoir completely. 3. Slightly open coolant connection shown in attachment (red arrow) to allow air to escape. 4. Once coolant flows out, close connection and correct coolant level. 5. Clear fault codes and check for further symptoms.

11003218

Complaint Complaints about shift quality in vehicles of MODEL 205, 212 and 222 with TRANSMISSION 724.2.

Read full bulletin

Cause If the shift adaptation is not performed as described under "Remedy", the adaptation values may not be saved correctly under certain circumstances. Remedy In vehicles of MODEL 205, 212 and 222 with TRANSMISSION 724.2, it must be ensured that the adaptation of the shifts is performed only as described below. Acceleration upshifts may only be adapted in transmission mode "S" Acceleration downshifts may only be adapted in transmission mode "S" Coast down shifts may only be adapted in transmission mode "E"

Brakes

16 bulletins
11038186

Complaint Repeat workshop visit for vehicle vibration while braking from 60MPH.

Read full bulletin

NOTE: Although the symptom is similar to a tire or wheel vibration, it is usually readily noticeable that it is distinctly different if it happens at all times or only while braking. Cause Although the cause of the vibration is most likely due to excessive lateral runout on the rotor or hub/wheel bearing, the system as a whole needs to be checked for other possible contributors. 1. Prior collision damage. 2. Excessive vehicle sitting times without rotating components. 3. Wheel bearing/hub lateral runout. 4. Wheel mating interface has been overtightened (did not follow WIS torque procedures). 5. Mating interfaces have been excessively modified (painted, gouged, bent, etc...). Remedy Read through the entire attached worksheet prior to performing. After performing, please review the final page and perform work accordingly. NOTE: This document is not preauthorization or otherwise dealing with warranty. This is intended for diagnostic purposes only. If there are any questions on how to proceed OR The work sheet has been performed and the vehicle has returned with the same concern. Please perform the measurements as seen in the worksheet again and open a TIPS case to the Body, Chassis, and Entertainment team.

11035003

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements and/or...

Read full bulletin

Creaking/crackling noises from the area of the wheel bearing on the front axle when cornering/ maneuvering. Sound file attached for comparison. MUST match noise for proper diagnosis. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Rear) LI33.30-P-056665 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Front) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present after re-testing: If 192/232 chassis, verify FIN is in the listed range below in "Operation B" and perform. If not 192/232 chassis or vehicle is a 192/232 not in the listed FIN range, additional verifications of where the noise is coming from are needed. Use multiple channel NVH method to narrow down location. Verify the LI's listed above were completed or if there are other similar noises associated with the chassis (Example: 192/232 also has under panel noises and an associated LI). Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner as seen in the attached pictures. NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease). See the attached steering knuckle and wheel hub pictures for reference. NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range): Only affects vehicles up to FIN end number: Model series 192: xxx xxx xx 002 876 Model series 232: xxx xxx xx 022 312 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11034932

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements and/or...

Read full bulletin

Creaking/crackling noises from the area of the wheel bearing on the front axle when cornering/ maneuvering. Sound file attached for comparison. MUST match noise for proper diagnosis. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Rear) LI33.30-P-056665 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Front) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present after re-testing: If 192/232 chassis, verify FIN is in the listed range below in "Operation B" and perform. If not 192/232 chassis or vehicle is a 192/232 not in the listed FIN range, additional verifications of where the noise is coming from are needed. Use multiple channel NVH method to narrow down location. Verify the LI's listed above were completed or if there are other similar noises associated with the chassis (Example: 192/232 also has under panel noises and an associated LI). Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease) (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range): Only affects vehicles up to FIN end number: Model series 192: xxx xxx xx 002 876 Model series 232: xxx xxx xx 022 312 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11032599

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements and/or...

Read full bulletin

Creaking/crackling noises from the area of the wheel bearing on the front axle when cornering/ maneuvering. Sound file attached for comparison. MUST match noise for proper diagnosis. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Rear) LI33.30-P-056665 (Throttle Lift-Off Noise - Front) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present after re-testing: If 192/232 chassis, verify FIN is in the listed range below in "Operation B" and perform. If not 192/232 chassis or vehicle is a 192/232 not in the listed FIN range, additional verifications of where the noise is coming from are needed. Use multiple channel NVH method to narrow down location. Verify the LI's listed above were completed or if there are other similar noises associated with the chassis (Example: 192/232 also has under panel noises and an associated LI). Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease) (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range): Only affects vehicles up to FIN end number: Model series 192: xxx xxx xx 002 876 Model series 232: xxx xxx xx 022 312 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11031367

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements and/or...

Read full bulletin

Creaking/crackling noises from the area of the wheel bearing on the front axle when cornering/ maneuvering. Sound file attached for comparison. MUST match noise for proper diagnosis. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Front) LI33.30-P-056665 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Rear) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present after re-testing: If 192/232 chassis, verify FIN is in the listed range below in "Operation B" and perform. If not 192/232 chassis or vehicle is a 192/232 not in the listed FIN range, additional verifications of where the noise is coming from are needed. Use multiple channel NVH method to narrow down location. Verify the LI's listed above were completed or if there are other similar noises associated with the chassis (Example: 192/232 also has under panel noises and an associated LI). Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease) (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range): Only affects vehicles up to FIN end number: Model series 192: xxx xxx xx 002 876 Model series 232: xxx xxx xx 022 312 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11030299

Complaint Customer concern for ESP/Brake or Steering yellow instrument cluster message AND C220564 in the N80 Steering...

Read full bulletin

Column Control Module (Valeo Parts only). To check which supplier steering column module is present in the vehicle, see attachment "Supplier Identification". Cause Triggered due to communication related software timing. Remedy New software A2239026336. Update N80 (Steering Column Module) to at least target software A2239026336, clear codes, and ignition cycle the vehicle. If DTC is still present, re-flash N80 and clear DTC's. Is DTC still present? No --> Bus sleep the vehicle. After bus sleep check for DTC again. If DTC is not present, release vehicle. Yes --> Open a TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox.

11024405

Complaint At low speeds and light brake pressure, brakes will make a groaning or honking noise.

Read full bulletin

Cause Frictional vibrations with very light brake pressure/modulations. Remedy This condition can be duplicated on most vehicles. To validate, use a like for like reference vehicle. The noise is normal behavior under the conditions listed. With very light brake pressure this noise can be induced/caused due to normal brake pad and brake rotor vibrations. Exchanging brake components will not rectify.

11022842

Complaint Metallic clattering/noise from the area of the dashboard on uneven roads Cause A loose upper metal plate in...

Read full bulletin

the head bearing (support bushing) causes the noises. Remedy 1 - Check for loose metal plate by tapping your finger against the metal plate in the head bearing. See video "Rattling Noises" for reference. Metallic noises audible? Yes: Replace head bearing (support bushing). No: Replace shock-absorber strut. 2 - If the noises are still present after the head bearing (support bushing) is replaced, please replace the shock-absorber struts.

11022055

Complaint Criteria: Customer concern for ESP/Brake or Steering yellow instrument cluster message.

Read full bulletin

DTC's C220564 or P161447 in the Steering Column Control Module (N80). N80 supplier is "BCS". "Hardware" or "Boot Software" version number is 23/18 000 or greater. To check which supplier steering column module is in the vehicle and where to find the hardware version number. Please see attachment, "N80 Control unit identifications" Cause Triggered due to communication related software timing. Remedy Update Steering Column Module (N80) to target software A2069029314 and perform an ignition cycle. Note: If the DTC's are present after software update and ignition cycle, please create a TIPS case.

11022050

Complaint Customer concern for ESP/Brake or Steering yellow instrument cluster message AND C220564 in the N80 Steering...

Read full bulletin

Column Control Module (Valeo Parts only). To check which supplier steering column module is present in the vehicle, see attachment "Supplier Identification". Cause Triggered due to communication related software timing. Remedy New software A2239026336. Update N80 (Steering Column Module) to target software A2239026336 and perform ignition cycle. Note: If the DTC is present after software update and ignition cycle, please create a TIPS case

11021108

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements and/or...

Read full bulletin

Creaking/crackling noises from the area of the wheel bearing on the front axle when cornering/ maneuvering. Sound file attached for comparison. MUST match noise for proper diagnosis. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Front) LI33.30-P-056665 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Rear) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present, perform Operation A again. 3. If noise is still present after re-testing, perform Operation B. Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease) (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range above): 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11013183

Complaint Creaking noise, in irregular sequence when driving slowly in combination with slight steering movements.

Read full bulletin

Sound file attached for comparison. NOTE: Steering functionality is not affected. For 192 and 232: Only affects vehicles in the below FIN range. FIN range up to: Model series 192: xxx xxx xx 002 876 Model series 232: xxx xxx xx 022 312 Cause Contact area between wheel bearing and steering knuckle. See also: LI35.30-P-058566 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Front) LI33.30-P-056665 (Axle Half Shaft noise when changing direction - Rear) LI40.10-P-059248 (Wheel cracking noise when cornering) Remedy 1. Perform Operation A and evaluate by testing vehicle. 2. If noise is still present, perform Operation A again. 3. If noise is still present after re-testing, perform Operation B. Operation A: 1. Clean contact surfaces of wheel bearing and steering knuckle with brake cleaner (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: The front area of the wheel bearing and the seals must not come into contact with the cleaner, otherwise, the sealing rings will be damaged. 2. Clean threads of wheel bearing mounting. 3. Thinly coat contact surfaces of wheel bearing, steering knuckle, and axle mating face with Molykote (annular joint grease) (see areas marked blue in pictures "2.jpg" and "3.jpg"). NOTE: Axle mating face greasing is also covered in LI35.30-P-058566 and LI33.30-P-056665. Operation B (Only applies to 192 and 232 in listed FIN range above): 1. Replace steering knuckle. 2. Wheel bearings do not need to be replaced.

11008323

Complaint Headlamps fogged or droplets forming.

Read full bulletin

Cause Due to its outlet openings, the headlamp is an "open system". This means that acidic gases, moisture, dirt and exhaust gases can penetrate into the headlamp. This can lead to the formation of condensation on the lens of the headlamp. The headlamps comply with all applicable US standards and regulations. Remedy Check housing cover of lamp unit for natural fogging or condensation as per LI82.10-P-078301. If a reduction in the degree of fogging is visible, the desiccant packs can be used once the condensation has completely evaporated. Note: Order service covers and desiccant packs based on the validity description. 1. Remove headlamps. 2. Remove all grommets from outlet openings. 3. Seal vent openings with sealing profile. Important: All openings must be sealed carefully for the pressure compensation diaphragm to work properly! 4. Remove existing service cover. 5. Place desiccant packs into the new service covers and bolt down (Picture_01). 6. Glue the new diaphragm onto the intended surface at the service cover (Picture_02). Note: The bonding surface must be clean and dry. 7. Attach service cover with desiccant pack at headlamp. 8. Install headlamp. To ensure that the desiccant pack (absorption) acts effectively, the headlamp has to be air-sealed. Observe or check the following points for this: 1. Seals at the central connector must all be present and correctly fitted (Picture_03). 2. The new transparent diaphragm must be correctly bonded (Picture_04). 3. Check headlamp housing for any external damage.

11007790

Complaint Headlamps fogged or droplets forming.

Read full bulletin

Cause Due to the housing cover with pressure compensation diaphragm, the headlamps are a "closed system". This means that the headlamps are protected against acid gases, dirt and exhaust gas. However, moisture can still enter from two sources. Through absorption and desorption (the commonest cause) or through permeation. Moisture is either absorbed by the plastic material and, when the light source is switched on, it is released from the plastic by desorption, or the moisture penetrates through the plastic materials of the headlamp from outside (permeation). This can lead to the formation of condensation on the lens of the headlamp. The headlamps comply with all applicable US standards and regulations. Remedy Check headlamps for natural fogging or condensation as per LI82.10-P-078301. If a reduction in the degree of fogging is visible, the desiccant packs can be used once the condensation has completely evaporated. Note: Order service covers and desiccant packs based on the validity description. 1. Remove existing service cover with diaphragm (Picture_01 (1)). 2. Insert desiccant packs (Picture_01 (2)) into new service covers with diaphragm and seal with protective grille and bolt down (Picture_01 (3)). Note: One desiccant pack is required for each small service cover, and two desiccant packs are required for each large service cover. 3. Stick the supplied diaphragm onto the new service cover and attach at the headlamp. Note: The bonding surface must be clean and dry. 4. If the headlamp housing has an additional 2nd diaphragm, this must be covered over with masking tape. Note: The bonding surface must be clean and dry. To ensure that the desiccant pack (absorption) acts effectively, the headlamp has to be air-sealed. Observe or check the following points for this: 1. Seals at the central connector must all be present and correctly fitted (Picture_02). 2. The new transparent diaphragm must be correctly bonded (Picture_03). 3. Check headlamp housing for any external damage.

10244735

Wheezing noises from the front shock absorbers when passing over surface undulations and rough road.

Read full bulletin

The noises may become more conspicuous with warm damper oil. The flow noises of the damper oil are currently being analyzed. The wheezing noises are currently considered standard for the series. Replacing the shock absorbers will yield no benefit and will not remedy the problem. Please report complaints regarding these wheezing noises via TIPS.

10237265

Mercedes-Benz AG (MBAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2022-2023...

Read full bulletin

C-Class, EQS and S-Class (206, 297 and 223 platform) vehicles, the driving assistance system control unit software does not meet current specifications. In the presence of uniquely shaped civil superstructures that parallel the roadway at a height of~26-33 feet (e.g. large overhanging bridge abutments, etc.), the vehicle may initiate brake applications during operation. In such cases, the driver remains in control of the vehicle and can override the system at any time. What Were Doing An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the driving assistance system control unit software.

Software & Calibration

10 bulletins
11038175

Complaint Issue after OTA Update IC Odometer Reading blank("_ _ _ _") IC Maintanence data unavailable Cause OTA Update...

Read full bulletin

E61.0 Remedy In the IC Control Unit Log, please check the following information: Verify whether DTCs B228229, B228287, and B226656 are present in either A or A+S. Verify that Status SchlsselID = "ID is not valid" and Anlernstatus = "IC is initialized", as shown in the attached image (image_2). Please run the XENTRY guided test for the listed DTCs and provide the results.

11018164

Complaint Please note that the exact quick test conditions must be met as seen below.

Read full bulletin

If not exactly as listed below, there is no need to create a TIPS case referencing this LI unless further assistance is needed outside of this document. Conditions Instrument Cluster Message: "Park Assist Inoperative" and Hardware part numbers: A0009019716 or A0009016022 B223263 with Bosch-ID C259; A+S (Active and Stored) and B223255 with Bosch-ID 1B5D; A+S (Active and Stored) Notes: Other DTC's are permitted but the above three conditions must be met. If they are not met, this LI is not applicable. See attachment "LI Criteria" for an example. Attachment portrays a quick test with non-matching criteria and therefore does not require a TIPS case. Cause Under analysis. Remedy Please do not make any attempts to repair the park control unit. Do not flash or SCN code. Open a TIPS case.

11017127

Complaint The "Easy entry and exit feature" function deactivates itself after a brief period.

Read full bulletin

Cause The cause is currently being investigated. Remedy A remedy is currently not available. A software update in the seat control unit does not solve the problem. The document will be updated once the reason has been analyzed and a remedy is available.

11017037

Complaint Traffic sign symbol for "Traffic Sign Assist" is blinking in instrument cluster without obvious cause usually...

Read full bulletin

with one of the following scenarios: Flashing without a speed limit ("- -"). Flashing when current vehicle speed is under speed limit. Flashing between US speed limit symbol and European speed limit symbol. Cause Under Investigation Remedy Under investigation. One option is to turn off Traffic Sign Assist until the investigation is completed. Once completed this LI will be updated. No TIPS case is necessary. Do not replace parts.

11014610

Complaint Please note that the exact quick test conditions must be met as seen below.

Read full bulletin

If not exactly as listed below, there is no need to create a TIPS case referencing this LI unless further assistance is needed outside of this document. Conditions Instrument Cluster Message: "Park Assist Inoperative" and Hardware part numbers: A0009019716 or A0009016022 B223263 with Bosch-ID C259; A+S (Active and Stored) and B223255 with Bosch-ID 1B5D; A+S (Active and Stored) Notes: Other DTC's are permitted but the above three conditions must be met. If they are not met, this LI is not applicable. See attachment "LI Criteria" for an example. Attachment portrays a quick test with non-matching criteria and therefore does not require a TIPS case. Cause Under analysis. Remedy Please do not make any attempts to repair the park control unit. Do not flash or SCN code. Open a TIPS case.

11014255

Complaint Please note that the exact quick test conditions must be met as seen below.

Read full bulletin

If not exactly as listed below, there is no need to create a TIPS case referencing this LI unless further assistance is needed outside of this document. Conditions Instrument Cluster Message: "Park Assist Inoperative" and B223263 with Bosch-ID C259; A+S (Active and Stored) and B223255 with Bosch-ID 1B5D; A+S (Active and Stored) Notes: Other DTC's are permitted but the above three conditions must be met. If they are not met, this LI is not applicable. See attachment "LI Criteria" for an example. Attachment portrays a quick test with non-matching criteria and therefore does not require a TIPS case. Cause Under analysis. Remedy Please do not make any attempts to repair the park control unit. Do not flash or SCN code. Open a TIPS case.

11012789

Complaint Please note that the exact quick test conditions must be met as seen below.

Read full bulletin

If not exactly as listed below, there is no need to create a TIPS case referencing this LI unless further assistance is needed outside of this document. Conditions Instrument Cluster Message: "Park Assist Inoperative" and B223263 with Bosch-ID C259; A+S (Active and Stored) and B223255 with Bosch-ID 1B5D; A+S (Active and Stored) Notes: Other DTC's are permitted but the above three conditions must be met. See Attachment for an example of Bosch ID location. Attachment portrays a quick test with non-matching criteria and therefore does not require a TIPS case. Cause Under analysis. Remedy Please do not make any attempts to repair the park control unit. Do not flash or SCN code. Open a TIPS case.

11008879

Complaint This document applies to vehicles of model series 206 and 254 from SOP (start of production) with NTG7, that...

Read full bulletin

do not have SA code 367: The Live Traffic Information Digital Extra is missing, is not available or does not work, even though the license has been purchased from the Mercedes me Store. Cause Problem with the store's offer provision for Digital Extras. Remedy Remedial action is currently being prepared. For the time being, do not undertake any work (SW updates, commissioning, hardware exchanges and similar). These are not effective, as an adaptation of the back end needs to be carried out first. For now, please do not add (arrange to add) SA code 367 manually. As soon as the adaptation has been implemented, this document will be modified accordingly and the necessary steps added. If a customer does not wish to wait for the fix, please direct them to contact the CAC for a refund of the Live Traffic service.

10253697

This is to notify you of the Service Campaign Launch to update the SCN coding for the drive unit DRVU Control Unit in...

Read full bulletin

66,944 Model Year (MY) 2023 C-Class, GLC, S-Class, and SL (206, 223, 232, and 254 platform) vehicles. The vehicles will be visible and flagged in VMI as OPEN on April 5, 2024. Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain MY 2023 C-Class, GLC, S-Class, and SL (206, 223, 232, and 254 platform) vehicles, the DRVU control unit does not correspond to current production specifications. As a result, an incorrect fault stored message may appear (e.g. U188D00 and U015400) in the instrument cluster, indicating a missing signal, when in fact such signal is not required at this time. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the SCN coding for the DRVU Control Unit.

10243306

12V message in IC when starting the vehicle.

Read full bulletin

SW updates need to be performed. Follow the guided test for FC U116000 in N73/3*1 EIS CU. Perform the SW checks and updates. Fully charge both 12V and 48V batteries. After, perform a few drive/park cycles with at least 1 overnight park cycle. If the 12V message is no longer present, release the vehicle.

Steering

7 bulletins
11038188

Complaint Slight creaking noises when steering.

Read full bulletin

Cause Noises may come from one or more sleeves of the horn contact plate. Remedy Remove the horn contact plate and check the sleeves for noise; see attached video. If necessary, apply lubricant to the sleeves.

11012802

Complaint Play noticeable in the height adjustment of the steering column.

Read full bulletin

See arrow direction in attached pictures. Cause Slipped thrust bearing ring on the height adjustment. Remedy Install repair kit for height adjustment of the steering column. For tightening torque, see attachment.

11009036

Complaint "Active Emergency Stop Assist Currently Unavailable" and "Active Steering Assist Inoperative" instrument...

Read full bulletin

cluster messages along with Tire Pressure Light on in Instrument Cluster. Cause Both systems are temporarily unavailable due to low tire pressures. An active tire pressure monitor light may result in some assistance features being temporarily unavailable until tire pressures are corrected. Remedy Check/adjust tire pressures and reset monitoring through the instrument cluster.

11007966

Complaint Display dark (total or partial) of one or more ASCM (AMG) steering wheel button displays - see attachment.

Read full bulletin

Note: There is no loss of vehicle functionality due to this complaint. Cause Software can cause a partial display on the ASCM. Remedy Please perform the following steps in the event of a total or partial display of the ASCM displays: 1. Perform a hard reset (disconnect power supply) of control unit A74/2 (ASCM) for 2 minutes. 2. Perform a software update of the A74/2 (ASCM), N145 (DRVU) and A26/17 (HU). 3. Reset the user profile via the head unit settings menu. (Full factory reset)

10253712

The display in the Lower Multifunction Steering Wheel Button Group (A74/2) may be completely or partially inoperable (see attached picture).

Read full bulletin

Note: There is no loss of vehicle functionality due to this complaint The complaint may occur when a new user profile is created in MBUX. The cause of the problem may be a fault in the DRVU software (N145/1). Please update the software in the AMG drive unit (N145) to the following level or newer. Software A0019024902. If a fault profile still occurs in the ASCM (A74/2) even with the correctly installed software (N145), please create a TIPS case and reference this LI.

10248157

Control unit N68 - electric power steering Fault P063544 - The electric power steering has a malfunction.

Read full bulletin

There is a fault in the data memory. with fault freeze frame data "Mon_ID 320" in the "stored" status stored in the fault memory of control unit N68. No functional restrictions of the electric power steering or warning messages are visible. Faults occur in the event of a software update or when initializing the control unit for the electric power steering N68. The fault code can be ignored and the fault memory of the control unit for the electric power steering N68 can be deleted. It is not necessary to replace the electric power steering.

10228807

Complaint Height adjustment of electric steering column adjustment jammed in the top/bottom adjustment position (e.g.

Read full bulletin

with Easy Entry function). Cause Height adjustment moves to the top/bottom limit stop and jams.

Suspension

7 bulletins
11035005

Single throttle lift-off clunking noise from the side shaft when moving off (audible at the outboard end).

Read full bulletin

The noise is heard once in each instance when changing direction of travel. Note: Sound file in attachment Cause If the complaint is eliminated by experimentally loosening the outboard collar nut (by 1 turn), the problem is due to cracking of the microweld between the wheel bearing inner race and the joint housing of the side shaft. Note: The collar nut must always be replaced after being loosened. See also LI33.20-P-078406 Remedy Coat contact surface of side shaft with wheel bearing with Molykote paint. To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove side shafts 2. Clean contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing before") before coating with Molykote, using "spirit" (free of dust and grease) 3. Coat contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing after") with Molykote and leave to dry for "one hour" in removed condition 4. Reinstall side shafts Note: Before using the antifriction coating (Molykote), stir it or shake it thoroughly for (at least 1 minute).

11032875

Complaint There are several types of complaint about noises or poor windshield wiper wiping performance: A: Wiper blades...

Read full bulletin

squeaking, chattering, shuddering B: The windshield is not wiped completely (streaking) C: During the downward movement water is pulled back onto the windshield from the A-pillar (Figure 1) D: After windshield cleaning, water keeps spraying onto the windshield for several wipe cycles (Figure 2) A1: The windshield and wiper blades are contaminated with residues from car washing facilities, identifiable by the water beading. The resulting differences in the friction values between the wiper blades and the windshield can excite the wiper blades to vibrate. Note: It is mostly wax residue from the washer system, but also water-repellent nano-particle coating for paint and/or silicone-based washer fluid, that could cause this problem. A partially dry windshield also has different friction values, which can likewise result in squeaking of the wiper blades A2: The wiper blades are worn by mechanical damage (wiper lip damaged by ice or insect debris, or deformed by long periods of disuse). A3: Incorrect angle of incidence of the wiper arms to the windshield. Because of this, the rubber lip of the wiper blade may not flip over at the reversal point. Cause B: B1: Wax/ dirt residues on the windshield B2: Wiper blades deformed or worn B3: Downforce of wiper arm not OK (Figure 3) Cause C: Water is pulled back onto the windshield by the differential pressure created as the wiper arm moves downwards. Cause D: Washer water collects in the fastening of the wiper blade and is blown onto the windshield by the airstream over several wipe cycles. Note and supporting information: Wiper blades are wear parts which, even when "not used" for long periods (kept in park position), may become permanently deformed and damaged. Further stresses on the rubber wiper blade arise due to various environmental influences which progressively change the effectiveness of the rubber wiper blade and accelerate the aging process. Due to the natural aging process and wear, the wiper blades should be replaced twice a year, preferably in Spring and Fall (see operator's manual). Remedy Remedy A: A1: Cleaning entire windshield with A 000 986 40 71. A2: Checking water's flow behavior after windshield has been cleaned (see Video 1). If, after cleaning, there are still areas with water beading, then the cleaning process must be carried out again until a rejection reaction is no longer present. Note: On the vehicle in the video (Video 1), water still beads on the bottom left of the windshield. The windshield is still not properly clean, even though it appears to be clean. The windshield is only properly clean when there are no more areas on the windshield where water beads. A3: Replace wiper blades with genuine wiper blades. Important: Only exchange wiper blades if windshield no longer has water-repellent areas Note: Replacement of wiper blades is not covered under warranty and can be replaced at the expense of the customer. Remedy B: B1: Clean windshield with intensive cleaner A 000 986 40 71. Important: Do not clean the wiper blades otherwise the graphite coating will be damaged. B2: Replace wiper blades with genuine wiper blades Note: Replacement of wiper blades is not covered under warranty and can be replaced at the expense of the customer. B3: Check the wiper arm for excessive resistance in the bearing. Restore mobility or replace wiper arm if necessary. Remedy C: Problem inherent in design for which there is no technical remedy. Exception: X204 up to 02/2014. In these vehicles, it is possible to install the design configuration of vehicles as of 02/2014. This includes wiper arms (styled arms) with improved behavior in this respect. It is also necessary to replace the wiper blades because the styled arms feature a Top Lock connection (previously Side Lock).

11027905

Complaint: Clattering noise from area of hood with steel suspension.

Read full bulletin

Cause: Missing helical spring shim (blue part as shown in attached picture "Helical Spring Shim"). Remedy: Check whether the blue helical spring shim is installed. If NOT present: Install the spring shim. Replacement part is black. If present: Replace the blue shim with the aftersales part black shim. If noise is still not remedied after replacing shims, provide sound/video file to the Body, Chassis and Entertainment inbox.

11025646

Complaint USB port not functioning properly.

Read full bulletin

Cause Most reported USB port issues are due to improper use or contamination. Note: Any repair costs must be discussed with the customer beforehand. Common external factors identified include: Fluid intrusion Broken bushings or physical damage See attachments. Remedy If a component needs replacement but shows no visible external damage, submit a detailed TIPS case only when technical support is required. Include details of all connected external devices (such as charging cables, USB drives, and hard drives). If diagnostic results directly indicate component replacement, a TIPS case is not necessary.

11025544

Complaint USB port not functioning properly.

Read full bulletin

Cause Most reported USB port issues are due to improper use or contamination. Note: Any repair costs must be discussed with the customer beforehand. Common external factors identified include: Fluid intrusion Broken bushings or physical damage See attachments. Remedy If a component needs replacement without visible external damage, submit a detailed TIPS case. Include information on all connected external devices (e.g., charging cables, USB drives, hard drives).

11022528

Complaint Clattering noise from area of hood with steel suspension.

Read full bulletin

Cause Missing helical spring shim (blue part as shown in attached picture "Helical Spring Shim"). Remedy Check whether the blue helical spring shim is installed. If NOT present: Install the spring shim. If present: Provide sound/video file with matching noise, verification of no installed spring shim via picture, and open a TIPS case referencing this LI.

11013332

Complaint Single throttle lift-off clunking noise from the side shaft when moving off (audible at the outboard end).

Read full bulletin

The noise is heard once in each instance when changing direction of travel. Note: Sound file in attachment Cause If the complaint is eliminated by experimentally loosening the outboard collar nut (by 1 turn), the problem is due to cracking of the microweld between the wheel bearing inner race and the joint housing of the side shaft. Note: The collar nut must always be replaced after being loosened. See also LI33.20-P-078406 Remedy Coat contact surface of side shaft with wheel bearing with Molykote paint. To do this, proceed as follows: 1. Remove side shafts 2. Clean contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing before") before coating with Molykote, using "spirit" (free of dust and grease) 3. Coat contact surface A (see image file in attachment "Outer joint housing after") with Molykote and leave to dry for "one hour" in removed condition 4. Reinstall side shafts Note: Before using the antifriction coating (Molykote), stir it or shake it thoroughly for (at least 1 minute).

HVAC & Climate

6 bulletins
11037484

Complaint CEL illuminates and/or AC does not blow cold.

Read full bulletin

Cause Potentially relevance to hardware and/or software Remedy Scenario 1: 1. If the AC does not blow cold air, replace compressor (if compressor's index and part number Figure 1 match against Table 1). a. If the compressor does not fall within Table 1, please open a TIPS case. b. Flush procedure must be followed as per WIS. Scenario 2: 1. If AC does blow cold. a. Follow the following procedure: i. Have the air conditioning system recharged. ii. Clear the fault codes afterward. iii. Let the vehicle stand for 8 hours (OBD reset condition). iv. Check whether the fault is still present. b. Open TIPS case with your findings and answers the following questions, send to the HV/LV inbox. i. When exactly did the MIL appeared (immediately at startup or while driving). ii. What was the ambient temperature, any special driving maneuvers, and whether the vehicle had just come out of a climatecontrolled garage.

11027751

Complaint Customer states the AC either does not cool/has poor performance or heat is insufficient.

Read full bulletin

Cause Many possible root causes Remedy *Note - This Li does not apply if there are other Li's that apply to your concern OR you have a fault and/or guided test that leads to a root cause. AC Diagnosis (General) Initial Steps Verify Customer Concern Confirm the issue reported by the customer. Compare to Like Vehicle Determine if the behavior is normal by comparing with a similar vehicle. Determine Your Game and Players Identify the diagnostic strategy and involved components/systems. Testing Perform relevant diagnostic tests. Refrigerant Quantity Record the amount of refrigerant recovered and compare it to the specified value (if applicable). Forming Gas is the ONLY approved leak test method. (DYE is NOT approved) TIPS Case Submission Requirements/Warranty Claim Submission Requirements (Template attached to be used for submission of Warranty claim and/or TIPS case) Cooling Capacity Test (If System Has a Charge) *Note - TIPS case is only required if the root cause is not identified or other Li's/documents require a case to be open. Before Repairs Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings (from machine or separate gauges). Leak Detection (if applicable) PPM of any leaks found. XENTRY Printouts Climate control AVs. HV compressor AVs (for heat and AC systems). Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents (if concern is localized). Ambient Conditions Temperature and humidity from OCP AVs (if available). After Repairs Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings before and after repairs. Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents before and after. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents before and after (if localized concern). Documentation Complaint Analysis, Game/Players, and Testing Steps. Include expected results and technical justification for the diagnosis. Avoid listing R/I stepsfocus on diagnostic reasoning and root cause. All prior measurements need to be documented on the repair order. OP code usage: 831232 - Max .5 for Cooling Capacity Test 831040 - Only to be utilized if you have a fault code and are actively diagnosing that fault code (MAX 1 hour) 831762 - This includes basic leak check 831285 - This can only be used in extenuating circumstances where a leak cannot be found (MAX 1 hour)

11027682

Complaint Customer states the AC either does not cool/has poor performance or heat is insufficient.

Read full bulletin

Cause Many possible root causes Remedy AC Diagnosis (General) Initial Steps Verify Customer Concern Confirm the issue reported by the customer. Compare to Like Vehicle Determine if the behavior is normal by comparing with a similar vehicle. Determine Your Game and Players Identify the diagnostic strategy and involved components/systems. Testing Perform relevant diagnostic tests. Refrigerant Quantity Record the amount of refrigerant recovered and compare it to the specified value (if applicable). Forming Gas is the ONLY approved leak test method. (DYE is NOT approved) TIPS Case Submission Requirements/Warranty Claim Submission Requirements Cooling Capacity Test (If System Has a Charge) *Note - TIPS case is only required if the root cause is not identified or other Li's/documents require a case to be open. Before Repairs Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings (from machine or separate gauges). Leak Detection (if applicable) PPM of any leaks found. XENTRY Printouts Climate control AVs. HV compressor AVs (for heat and AC systems). Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents (if concern is localized). Ambient Conditions Temperature and humidity from OCP AVs (if available). After Repairs Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings before and after repairs. Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents before and after. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents before and after (if localized concern). Documentation Complaint Analysis, Game/Players, and Testing Steps. Include expected results and technical justification for the diagnosis. Avoid listing R/I stepsfocus on diagnostic reasoning and root cause. All prior measurements need to be documented on the repair order. OP code usage: 831232 - Max .5 for Cooling Capacity Test 831040 - Only to be utilized if you have a fault code and are actively diagnosing that fault code (MAX 1 hour) 831762 - This includes basic leak check 831285 - This can only be used in extenuating circumstances where a leak cannot be found (MAX 1 hour)

11027566

Complaint Customer states the AC either does not cool/has poor performance or heat is insufficient.

Read full bulletin

Cause Many possible root causes Remedy AC Diagnosis (General) Initial Steps Verify Customer Concern Confirm the issue reported by the customer. Compare to Like Vehicle Determine if the behavior is normal by comparing with a similar vehicle. Determine Your Game and Players Identify the diagnostic strategy and involved components/systems. Testing Perform relevant diagnostic tests. Refrigerant Quantity Record the amount of refrigerant recovered and compare it to the specified value (if applicable). Forming Gas is the ONLY approved leak test method. (DYE is NOT approved) TIPS Case Submission Requirements Cooling Capacity Test (If System Has a Charge) Before Repairs Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings (from machine or separate gauges). Leak Detection (if applicable) PPM of any leaks found. XENTRY Printouts Climate control AVs. HV compressor AVs (for heat and AC systems). Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents (if concern is localized). Ambient Conditions Temperature and humidity from OCP AVs (if available). After Repairs - Warranty Submission Requirements on the Repair Order Gauge Readings High and Low pressure readings before and after repairs. Thermometer Readings Left and right dash vents before and after. Center vent, footwell, and/or rear vents before and after (if localized concern). Documentation Complaint Analysis, Game/Players, and Testing Steps. Include expected results and technical justification for the diagnosis. Avoid listing R/I stepsfocus on diagnostic reasoning and root cause. All prior measurements need to be documented on the repair order. OP code usage: 831232 - Max .5 for Cooling Capacity Test 831040 - Only to be utilized if you have a fault code and are actively diagnosing that fault code 831762 - This includes basic leak check 831285 - This can only be used in extenuating circumstances where a leak cannot be found

11026127

Complaint Displayed Message: Driver camera not functioning, see Operators Manual Cause Interior temperature too high due...

Read full bulletin

to: Summer heat Direct sunlight Lack of air conditioning or ventilation Camera enters self-protection mode to prevent overheating. Remedy Do NOT replace any parts. The driver camera (NTG7: MDC295; CIVIC.i2: CIVIC206) is operating as designed. Allow the interior to cool down. If the message remains after cooling: Run XENTRY Diagnosis Check latest software for Actuation of Driver Camera (A26/17) No TIPS case required.

11018032

Complaint In vehicles with the MBUX multimedia system Gen20x.i2 without premium sound system and external amplifier, the...

Read full bulletin

sound does not meet the customer's expectations. Changing the sound settings, for example for the bass, does not provide the desired effect. Cause Sound parameter software in the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system + Instrument cluster (Head unit) control unit Remedy For vehicles with standard sound and Midline sound system (code 853), new sound parameters are available. V/X 254: A 254 903 94 03 C 254: A 254 903 97 03 V/W 206: A 206 903 20 04 S 206: A 206 903 21 04 A/C 236: A 236 903 86 01 V/W 214: A 214 903 19 03 S 214: A 214 903 20 03 To update the sound parameters, please perform an update to the software for the A26/17 - MBUX multimedia system + Instrument cluster (Head unit) control unit.

Air Bags & Safety

5 bulletins
11029056

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the SRS...

Read full bulletin

control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. The SRS control unit will be updated to improve vehicle charging functionality during future over-the-air updates. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the SRS control unit software.

11021140

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the SRS...

Read full bulletin

control unit software does not correspond to current production specifications. The SRS control unit will be updated to improve the vehicle charging functionality during future over-the-air updates. MBUSA will conduct a service campaign. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will update the SRS control unit software.

11017218

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

airbag control unit software does not correspond to the latest series production configuration. The airbag control unit will be updated to improve the vehicle charging functionality during future OTA updates. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

11016038

Mercedes-Benz AG, the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that on certain subject vehicles, the...

Read full bulletin

software for the airbag control unit does not correspond to the latest series production configuration. The airbag control unit will be updated to improve the vehicle charging functionality during future OTA updates. MBUSA will conduct an OTA service campaign. Remote software updates are automatically downloaded and installed in the customers vehicle free of charge and do not require a dealer visit.

10248162

Crease formation on genuine leather seat covers in vehicles with low mileage Objects left on the seats for extended...

Read full bulletin

periods of time (pressure marks). Objects wedged between the seat backrest and seat cushion (e.g. seat belt buckle). Light initial creases due to vehicle handling. Light creases in the outer covers originating from the production process (missing finish). Heat treatment of the seat covers using heat gun and plastic wedge. Be very careful to not overheat the seat material!

Other

3 bulletins
11021154

Complaint The customer complains about squeaking/creaking noises on uneven roadways, on bends or when moving in their seat.

Read full bulletin

Cause Noise in the backrest adjustment mechanism Remedy The adjustment mechanism is treated with dry lubricant spray A000 989 35 60 to rectify the noise. To do this, proceed as follows: Move the seat to the front position and put the backrest into a lying position. Due to the risk of soiling on the left and right under the adjustment mechanism, cover and protect the area. Spray into the gap of the left and right adjustment mechanism with dry lubricant spray from above. If the noise persists, then repeat the process. Enough dry lubricant spray must be used Then wait 15 minutes and leave the seat in this position! Only then adjust the seat into the sitting position. Note: Both front seats must always be treated!

11018701

Complaint Squeaking or creaking noises on uneven roadways, in turns, or when moving in their seat.

Read full bulletin

Cause Noise in the backrest adjustment mechanism Remedy The adjustment mechanism is treated with dry lubricant spray A000 989 35 60 to rectify the noise. To do this, proceed as follows: Move the seat to the front position and put the backrest into a lying position. Due to the risk of soiling on the left and right under the adjustment mechanism, cover and protect the area. Spray into the gap of the left and right adjustment mechanism with dry lubricant spray from above. If the noise persists, then repeat the process. Enough dry lubricant spray must be used Then wait 15 minutes and leave the seat in this position! Only then adjust the seat into the sitting position. Note: Both front seats must always be treated!

11003205

Complaint The driver's seat memory settings do not synchronize with the driver's user profile as described in the operator's manual.

Read full bulletin

Driver's seat settings are not transferred to the vehicle. Cause The driver's seat does not support the profile synchronization feature on these vehicles. Remedy There is no remedy for this complaint. The vehicle is working as designed. Note: Do not replace any parts.

Fuel System

3 bulletins
11021152

Complaint Fuel filler flap/socket flap sticks, cannot be opened Cause Under analysis.

Read full bulletin

Remedy Create TIPS case with fault description and videos of the flap sticking. Send the TIPS case to the Body/Chassis/Entertainment inbox.

11007731

1. Connect XENTRY Diagnosis.

Read full bulletin

2. Update Fuel System Control Unit (FSCU10) software. To do this, select menu item "Quick test view . N118/3 Control unit Fuel pump (FSCU10) . Adaptations . Control unit update . Updating of control unit software". Then follow the user guidance in XENTRY Diagnosis. 3. Disconnect XENTRY Diagnosis.

11007673

Complaint Damage or discoloration to paint protection films on vehicle.

Read full bulletin

Cause Chip protection films are a wear item that may need to be replaced over the life of the vehicle. They are typically not covered by vehicle warranty. Remedy To properly install a paint/chip protection film, please follow the below guidelines: #1 - Utilize a solution that is 0.2% soap solution (1,000ml of water + 2ml of liquid soap). #2 - Clean the paint surface and ensure it is dust-free. #2a - When cleaning, you can utilize isopropyl alcohol (Rubbing Alcohol) to assist with cleaning. #2b - We recommend a lint-free rag for secondary dusting. #3 - Wet hands with the soapy water solution to protect the adhesive surface. #4 - Remove the backing paper from the film completely. #5 - Moisten the vehicle surface with the soapy water. You can also lay the protective film with adhesive side out onto the wetted surface to also cover the adhesive layer in the soapy water solution. #6 - Remove film and flip over to gently place adhesive side against the paint surface. #7 - Working from the center out, use a squeegee to press the soapy water solution out from under the film. Use sufficient pressure to firmly press the film into the paint surface, but not an excessive amount to damage or stretch the film. #8 - Allow film and paint to "cure" until all of the moisture has evaporated. At this time the adhesive should be dried and cured enough for sufficient hold to release the vehicle.

Hybrid & EV

2 bulletins
10253723

Wireless Media Interface: Smartphone cannot be charged or charging process is interrupted.

Read full bulletin

Smaller size smartphones can slip on the charging tray. In the event of a complaint, the rubber mat can be replaced. Old part number ------ New part number A 223 823 04 00 ----- A 223 823 52 00 A 223 823 27 00 ----- A 223 823 53 00 Note: Please refer to this LI in the "Notes" section of the warranty claim!

10233791

Complaint Wireless charging start/charging behavior of iPhone 14 is not optimal Cause Change in iPhone software (iOS)...

Read full bulletin

Remedy There will be optimized software for iPhone 14 iOS (target date 05/2023). This LI will be updated when the software becomes available. A software update with currently available iOS software will not be effective for the iPhone 14.